1

1

Chapter One 1 A LETTER FOR GEORGE 2 ANNE was trying to do some of her prep. in a corner of the common-room when her cousin George came bursting in. 3 George was not a boy; she was a girl called Georgina, but because she had always wanted to be a boy she insisted on 4 being called George. So George she was. She wore her curly hair cut short, and her bright blue eyes gleamed angrily 5 now as she came towards Anne. 6 'Anne! I've just had a letter from home - and what do you think? Father wants to go and live on my island to do some 7 special work - and he wants to build a sort of tower or something in the castle yard!' The other girls looked up in 8 amusement, and Anne held out her hand for the letter that George was waving at her. Everyone knew about the little 9 island off Kirrin Bay that belonged to George. Kirrin Island was a tiny place with an old ruined castle in the middle of 10 it: the home of rabbits and gulls and jackdaws. 11 It had underground dungeons, in which George and her cousins had had one or two amazing adventures. It had once 12

8-look up (to) – erguer os olhos 9-In amusement - divertidas 9-To hold out - estender 9-To wave – mostrar, acenar 9-Everyone – toda a gente 10-To belong - pertencer 10-Tiny – muito pequeno, minusculo 10-Old ruined – velho e arruinado 11-Gull - gaivota 11-Jackdaw - Gralha 12-Underground – debaixo da terra 12-Dungeon - masmorra 12-in which – em que, no qual 12-Amazing – assombrosas, extraordinárias 12-Once - outrora, noutros tempos

3-prep. – preparação, estudo 3-CORNER – CANTO 3-COMMOM-ROOM – SALA DE ESTUDO 3-CAME - ENTROU 3-BURSTING IN – DE ROMPANTE 5-To Wear - usar 5-Curly - encaracolado 5-Hair - cabelo 5-To cut short – muito curto (interromper) 5-Bright - brilhante 5-Gleamed – reluzente, cintilante 5-Angrily – iradamente, coléricamente 6-As – À medida que 6-Towards – em direcção a 7-I've just had – recebi agora mesmo 7-what do you think? – sabes o que diz? 8-sort of tower – espécie de torre 8-Yard - pátio

THE FIVE IN THE ISLAND OF KIRRIN

2

2

belonged to George's mother, and she had given it to George - and George was very fierce where her precious Kirrin 13 Island was concerned! It was hers. Nobody else must live there, or even land there without her permission. 14 And now, dear me, here was her father proposing to go to her island, and even build some sort of workshop there! 15 George was red with exasperation. 16 'It's just like grown-ups; they go and give you things, and then act as though the things were theirs all the time. I don't 17 want Father living on my island, and building nasty messy sheds and things there.' 'Oh George - you know your father is 18 a very famous scientist, who needs to work in peace,' said Anne, taking the letter. 'Surely you can lend him your island 19 for a bit?' 'There are plenty of other places where he can work in peace,' said George. 'Oh dear - I was so hoping we 20 could go and stay there in the Easter hol's - take our boat there, and food and everything, just like we've done before. 21 Now we shan't be able to if Father really does go there.' Anne read the letter. It was from George's mother. 'My darling 22 George, 'I think I must tell you at once that your lather pro- -poses to live on Kirrin Island for some little time in order 23 to finish some very important experiments he is making. He will have to have some kind of building erected there -a 24

19-Surely – com certeza 19-Lend - emprestar 20-For a bit – por um bocado 20-Plenty - abundância 20-I was so hoping – estava com esperanças 21-Easter - páscoa 21-Hol’s – férias (holidays) 22-Does go there – for lá (aqui o does dá força à frase e usa-se normalmente nas interrogativas e nas negativas) 23-At once - já 24-Experiment – experiência 24-He will have – terá

13-Fierce – muito firme 14-Concern – dizer respeito 14-Hers – seu, sua, seus, suas 14-Even - mesmo 14-Land - desembarcar 14-Even – até mesmo, justamente 15-Workshop - oficina 16-Exasperation - irritação 17-'It's just like grown-ups – é mesmo de adultos 17-Act - actuam 17-as though - como se, (as if – como se) as dâu - pronuncia 18-Nasty – desagradável, aborrecido, enfadonho, chato 18-Messy – sujo, em desordem 18-Shed - barracão, barraca, alpendre

3

3

sort of tower, I believe. Apparently he needs a place where he can have absolute peace and isolation, and also, for some 25 reason, where there is water all round him. The fact of being surrounded by water is necessary to his experiment. 26 'Now, dear, don't be upset about this. I know that you consider Kirrin Island is your very own, but you must allow your 27 family to share it, especially when it is for something as important as your father's scientific work. Father thinks you 28 will be very pleased indeed to lend him Kirrin Island, but I know your funny feelings about it, so I thought 1 had better 29 write and tell you, before you arrive home and see him installed there, complete with his tower.' The letter then went on 30 about other things, but Anne did not bother to read these. She looked at George. 31 'Oh, George! I don't see why you mind your father borrowing Kirrin Island for a bit! I wouldn't mind my father 32 borrowing an island from me - if I was lucky enough to have one!' 'Your father would talk to you about it first, and ask 33 your permission, and see if you minded,' said George, sulkily. 'My father never does anything like that. He just does 34 exactly as he likes without asking anybody anything. I really do think he might have written to me himself. He just puts 35 my back up.' 'You've got a back that is very easily put up, 'George,' said Anne, laughing. 'Don't scowl at me like that. 36

32-Borrow – pedir emprestado 32-For a bit – por um bocado 33-lucky - sorte 33-Enough - suficiente 34-Mind – importas-te 34-Sulkily - amuadamente 35-I really do think – eu realmente penso mesmo (força de expressão) 35-May - poder 35-Himself – ele próprio 36-He just puts my back up – ele põe-me mesmo furiosa 36-'You've got a back that is very easily put up – mas tu és bastante fácil de enfurecer 36-Laugh - rir 36-Scowl – olhar carrancudo

25-Also - também 26-Surrounded - rodeado 27-Upset - preocupado 27-very own – só tua (reforço se não seria only yours) 27-Allow - consentir 28-Share – partilhar, repartir 29-Pleased – agradar, ter muito gosto em 29-Indeed – de facto, na verdade 29-Lend - emprestar 30-Arrive - chegar 30-Then - depois 31-Bother – aborrecer, enfadar 32-To mind – preocupar-se

4

4

I'm not borrowing your island without your gracious permission. 37 But George wouldn't smile back. She took her letter and read it again gloomily. 'To think that all my lovely holiday 38 plans are spoilt!' she said. 'You know how super Kirrin Island is at Eastertime - all primroses and gorse and baby 39 rabbits. And you and Julian and Dick were coming to stay, and we haven't stayed together since last summer when we 40 went caravanning.' 'I know. It is hard luck!' said Anne. 'It would have been wizard to go and stay on the island these 41 holls. But perhaps your father wouldn't mind if we did? We needn't disturb him.' 'As if living on Kirrin Island with 42 Father there would be the same as living there all by ourselves,' said George, scornfully. 'You know it would be horrid.' 43 Well, yes - Anne didn't think on the whole that Kirrin Island would be much fun with Uncle Quentin there. George's 44 father was such a hot-tempered, impatient man, and when he was in the middle of one of his experiments he was quite 45 unbearable. The least noise upset him. 46 'Oh dear - how he will yell at the jackdaws to keep quiet, and shout at the noisy gulls!' said Anne, beginning to giggle. 47 'He won't find Kirrin quite so peaceful as he imagines!' George gave a watery sort of smile. She folded up the letter and 48

43-Scornful – desdenhoso, zombador, zangado 43-Horrid – horrível, terrível 44-on the whole – no todo, completamente, de modo algum 44-Much - muito 44-Fun – divertir-se 45-Such – igual, semelhante 45-Quite – muito, completamente 46-Unbearable – insuportável intolerável 46-Least – menor, mais pequeno 46-Upset - transtorno 47-Yell – gritar, vociferar 47-Shout – gritar, enxotar 47-Noisy - barulhento 47-Gull – gaivota, alcatraz 47-Giggle – rir com um risinho abafado e despropositado 48-Quite - completamente 48-Peaceful - tranquila 48-Watery – aquoso, insípido, pálido 48-Sort - espécie 48-Fold - dobrar

37-Borrow – pedir emprestado 38-But George wouldn't smile back – mas Jorge não achou graça nenhuma 38-Again – outra vez 38-Gloomily – com tristeza, melancólicamente, sombriamente 39-Spoilt - estragado 39-Eastertime - páscoa 39-Primroses – primaveras (flores) 39-Gorse – giesta, tojo 41-Caravanning - roulotes 40-Stay – estadia, estada 40-Together - juntos 40-Since - desde 41-Hard – difícil, dura 41-Luck - sorte 41-Wizard – maravilhoso, fantástico 42-wouldn't mind – não se oponha 43-all by ourselves - sózinhos 43-Ourselves – nós mesmos

5

5

turned away. 'Well, I think it's just the limit,' she said. 'I wouldn't have felt so bad if only Father had asked my 49 permission.~ 'He'd never do that!' said Anne. 'It just wouldn't occur to him. Now George, don't spend the rest of the day 50 brooding over your wrongs, for goodness' sake. Go down to the kennels and fetch Timmy. He'll soon cheer you up.' 51 Timothy was George's dog, whom she loved with all her heart. He was a big brown mongrel dog, with a ridiculously 52 long tail, and a wide mouth that really seemed to smile. All the four cousins loved him. He was so friendly and loving, 53 so lively and amusing, and he had shared so very many adventures with them all. The five of them had had many happy 54 times together. 55 George went to get Timmy. Her school allowed the children to keep their own pets. If it hadn't allowed this, it is quite 56 certain that George would not have gone to boarding-school! She could not bear to be parted from Timmy for even a 57 day. 58 Timmy began to bark excitedly as soon as she came near. George lost her sulky look and smiled. Dear Timmy, dear 59 trustable Timmy - he was better than any person! He was always on her side, always her friend whatever she did, and to 60

57-boarding-school - internato 57-Bear – suportar, aguentar 57-Part - separar 59-Bark - ladrar 59-Excitedly – com excitação 59-As soon as – logo que, assim que 59-Lost - perdeu 59-Sulky – aborrecido, zangado 59-Look - aspecto 59-Dear - querido 60-Trustable – de confiança, que se pode confiar 60-Any - qualquer 60-On her side – do seu lado 60-Whatever – seja o que for, o que quer que

51-Fetch – ir buscar trazer 51-Cheer – alegrar, animar 51-Soon – depressa, sem demora 51-He'll soon cheer you up.' – ele depressa te animará 52-Mongrel – mestiço, cruzado 52-Brown – castanho, pardo 52-Ridiculous - ridículo 53-Tail – cauda, rabo 53-Wide - larga 53-Mouth - boca 53-Seem - parecer 53-Friendly - amistoso 54-Lively – vivo, alegre 54-Amusing - divertido 56-Allow – permitir, admitir 56-Keep – manter, possuir, conservar 56-Pet – animal de estimação 56-Quite - inteiramente

49-Turn away – afastar-se recusar ver, retirar, voltar-se 49-'Well, I think it's just the limit – bem, acho que é o máximo 49-Felt – sentir, sofrer 49-Bad – mal, mau 49-Asked – interrogar, pedir 50-'He'd never do that!' – ele nunca faria isso 50-Occur – ocorrer, lembrar-se 50-'It just wouldn't occur to him – nem se lembraria de tal coisa 50-Spend - gastar 51-Brood - cismar 51-Over – sobre (prep.) 51-Wrong - erro 51-for goodness' sake – por amor de deus 51-Go down – vai até 51-Kennel - canil

6

6

Timmy there was no one in the world so wonderful as George. 61 They were soon going through the fields together, and her father borrowing Kirrin Island. Timmy with every word she 62 said. He listened as if he George talked to Timmy as she always did. She told him understood everything, and not even 63 when a rabbit shot his path did he leave his mistress's side. Timmy knew when George was upset. 64 He gave her hand a few little licks every now and by the time that George was back at school again she felt much better. 65 She took Timmy into school with smuggling him in at a side door. Dogs were not allowed in the school building, but 66 George, like her father, often did exactly as she liked. 67 She hurried Timmy up to her dormitory. He scuttled under her bed quickly and lay down. His tail thumped the floor 68 gently. He knew what this meant. George wanted the comfort of his nearness that night! He would be able to jump on 69 her bed, when lights were out, and snuggle into the crook of her knees. His brown eyes gleamed with delight. 70 'Now, lie quiet,' said George, and went out of the room to join the other girls. She found Anne, who was busy writing a 71 letter to her brothers, Julian and Dick, at their boarding-school. 72

70-Snuggle – deitar-se aconchegado, aconchegar-se 70-Crook - curva 70-Knee - joelho 70-Brown - castanho 70-Gleame – reluzente, cintilante 70-Delight – delícia, prazer, deleite 71-Lie – deitar-se, estar deitado 71-Quiet – em silêncio, calmo, tranquilo 71-Join – juntar-se 71-Busy – ocupar-se

65-Every now – sempre, agora 65-By - durante 65-Felt – sentiu-se 66-Smuggl – passer clandestinamente 66-Side - lateral 66-Allow – permitir, admitir 67-Often - frequentemente 68-Hurried – apressado, com pressa - apressou 68-Scuttled - fugiu 68-Under - debaixo 68-Lei to – pretérito, lay – estar deitado 68-Thump - martelar 69-Mean - significar 69-Nearness – intimidade, proximidade 69-Able – esperto, capaz de 69-Jump – saltar, pular 70-Out – apagado, extinto

61-There was no one – não havia ninguém 62-Soon – logo, sem demora 62-Borrow – pedir emprestado 62-Fields - campos 62-Timmy with every word she said – tim concordava com todas as palavras 62-With - com 63-Listen - escutar 63-Told - disse 63-Understood - compreendeu 63-not even – nem mesmo 64-Shot- ruído alto 64-Path - caminho 64-Mistress - dona 64-Upset - perturbada 65-Lick - lambedela

7

7

'I've told them about Kirrin Island, and your father wanting to borrow it,' she said. 'Would you like to come and stay 73 with us, George, these holls, instead of us coming to Kirrin? Then you won't feel cross all the time because your father 74 is on your island.' 'No thanks,' said George, at once. 'I'm going home. 75 I want to keep an eye on Father! I don't want him blowing up Kirrin Island with one of his experiments. You know he's 76 messing about with explosives now, don't you?' 'Ooooh - atom bombs, or things like that?' said Anne. 77 'I don't know,' said George. 'Anyway, quite apart from keeping an eye on Father and my island, we ought to go and stay 78 at Kirrin to keep Mother company. She'll be all alone if Father's on the island. I suppose he'll take food and everything 79 there.' 'Well, there's one thing, we shan't have to creep about on tiptoe and whisper, if your father isn't at Kirrin 80 Cottage!' said Anne. 'We can be as noisy as we like. Do cheer up, George!' But it took George quite a long time to get 81 over the fit of gloom caused by her mother's letter. Even having Timmy on her bed each night, till he was discovered by 82 an angry teacher, did not quite make up for her disappointment. 83 The term ran swiftly on to its end. April came in, with sunshine and showers. Holidays came nearer and nearer! Anne 84

83-Angry – zangado, encolerizado 83-Did not quite make up for her disappointment – não resolveu o desapontamento (continuou triste) – não conseguiu esquecer depressa aquela contrariedade 83-make up – levantar, fazer desaparecer 84-Term - período 84-Run - correr 84-Swiftly – velozmente, rápidamente, depressa 84-Sunshine – bom tempo, luz do sol 84-Showers - aguaceiro 84-Near – perto próximo

80-Tiptoe – ponta dos pés 80-Whisper – sussurro, murmúrio 81-Cottage – vivenda, casal, casa de campo 81-Noisy – barulhento, ruidoso 81-Cheer – alegrar, animar 81-Quite - muito 81-To get over – restabelecer-se, recuperar 82-Fit – crise, súbita doença 82-Gloom – triteza, melancolia 82-Even - mesmo 82-Each night – todas as noites 82-Each – cada, 82-Till - até que

74-Instead – em vez disso, como alternativa 74-Then – nesse caso, assim 74-Cross – aflita, aborrecida, em provação 75-at once – de repente, imediatamente, logo 75-'I'm going home – vou para casa 76-Keep - manter 76-Blowing up – ir pelos ares 77-To mess – estragar, perturbar,pôr em desordem 78-Anyway – de toda a maneira, de qualquer maneira 78-Quite apart – de toda a maneira, completamente à parte 78-Ought – dever, ter obrigação 79-Keep – cuidar de 80-Creep – mover vagarosa e silenciosamente, rastejar, arrastar-se

8

8

thought joyfully of Kirrin, with its lovely sandy beach, its blue sea, its fishing-boats and its lovely cliffside walks. 85 Julian and Dick thought longingly of them too. This term both they and the girls broke up on the same day. They could 86 meet in London and travel down to Kirrin together. Hurrah! The day came at last. Trunks were piled in the hall. Cars 87 arrived to fetch some of the children who lived fairly near. The school coaches drew up to take the others down to the 88 station. There was a terrific noise of yelling and shouting everywhere. The teachers could not make themselves heard in 89 the din. 90 'Anyone would think that every single child had gone completely mad,' said one of them to another. 'Oh, thank 91 goodness, they're getting into the coaches. George! Must you rush along the• corridor at sixty miles an hour, with 92 Timmy barking his head off all the time!' 'Yes, I must, I must!' cried George. 'Anne, where are you? Do come and get 93 into the coach. I've got Timmy. He knows it's holidays now. Come on, Tim!' Down to the station went the singing 94 crowd of children. They piled into the train. 'Bags I this seat! Who's taken my bag? Get out, Hetty, you know you can't 95 bring your dog in here with mine. They fight like anything. Hurrah, the guard's blowing his whistle! We're off!' The 96

92-Get – obter, apanhar 92-Rush – fúria, torrente, investida, correr 92-Corridor - corredor 92-Sixty - sessenta 93-Barking - latido 93-Head - cabeça 93-Must – ser obrigado a, ser forçado a 94-Went the singing crowd of children – indo ao sabor da canção do grupo de crianças 95-Piled – em montão 95-Seat – colocar em assento 95-Bags - sacos 95-'Bags I this seat – sacos, coloquei-os aqui! 95-Get out – sair, retirar-se, ir-se embora 96-Bring - trazer 96-Fight - lutar 96-Anything – qualquer coisa 96-Guard – conductor de comboio 96-Blowing - soprar 96-Whistle - apito 96-We're off – lá vamos nós

87-Hall - entrada 88-Fetch – ir buscar, levar 88-Fairly – razoavelmente, completamente, toleravelmente 88-Near - perto 88-Coach – camioneta de passageiros 88-Drew up – moviam-se 89-Yelling - gritaria 89-Shouting – aclamações, brados 89-Themselves – eles mesmos, se, a si mesmos 89-Hear - ouvir 90-Din – ruído, barulho, estridor 91-Anyone – qualquer pessoa 91-Mad - louco 91-Go – tornar-se, ficar 91-Every single child – qualquer uma das crianças 91-Every – cada um, cada, todos 91-Thank goodness – graças a deus

85-Joyfully - alegremente 85-Sandy - areia 85-Sea - mar 85-Its – seu, sua, seus suas 85-Fishing-boats – barcos de pesca 85-Cliffside – escalador de rochedos 85-Walks - passeios 85-Cliffside walks – passeios pelos rochedos 86-Longingly – ansiosamente, desejosamente 86-Both – ambos, os dois 86-broke up – interrompiam (o período escolar), deixavam as aulas 87-Meet – encontrar-se com alguém 87-At last – finalmente, por fim 87-Trunk – mala grande, baú 87-Piled - amontoado

9

9

engine pulled slowly out of the station, its long train of carriages behind it, filled to bursting with girls off for their 97 holidays. Through the quiet countryside it went, through small towns and villages, and at last ran through the smoky 98 outskirts of London. 99 'The boys' train is due in two minutes before ours,~ said Anne, leaning out of the window, as the train drew slowly into 100 the London station. 'If it was punctual, they might be on our platform to meet us. Oh look, George, look - there they 101 are!' George hung out of the window too. 'Hie, Julian!' she yelled. 'Here we are! Hie, Dick; Julian!' 102 Chapter Two 103 BACK AT KIRRIN COTTAGE 104 JULIAN, Dick, Anne, George and Timmy went straightaway to have buns and ginger-beer at the station tearoom. It 105 was good to be all together again. Timmy went nearly mad with joy at seeing the two boys. He kept trying to get on to 106 their knees. 107 'Look here, Timmy, old thing, I love you very much, and I'm jolly glad to see you,' said Dick, 'but that's twice you've 108

102-Hung – pendurar, suspender 102-Yell – gritar, bradar 102-Hie - olá 104-BACK AT KIRRIN COTTAGE – de volta à vivenda Kirrin 105-Straightaway – imediatamente, logo 105-Buns – bolos de leite com uvas passas 105-Ginger-beer - laranjadas 105-Tearoom – salão de chá 106-Nearly - quase 106-Mad - louco 106-Joy - alegria 106-Keep – manter-se, ficar 107-Knees - joelho 108-old thing – meu velho 108-Jolly – contente, alegre 108-Glad – satisfeito, contente, feliz 108-Twice – duas vezes

97-Pull – puxão, arranco, sacudidela 97-Engine – máquina, locomotiva 97-Slowly – vagarosamente, lentamente 97-Behind – atrás de, detrás 97-Filled - ocupado 97-Bursting – prestes a rebentar, cheio 97-Burst - irromper 98-Quiet – silêncio, calma, sossego 98-Countryside – campo, região rural 98-Smoky - fumarento 99-Outskirts – periferia, subúrbios 100-Due - esperado 100-Leaning – inclinando-se 100-Draw - mover 101-Meet – encontrar-se com

10

10

upset my ginger-beer all over me. Has he behaved himself this term, George?' 'Fairly well,' said George, considering. 109 'Hasn't he, Anne? I mean - he only got the joint out of the larder once - and he didn't do so much harm to that cushion he 110 chewed - and if people will leave their galoshes all over the, place nobody can blame Timmy for having a good old 111 game with them.' 'And that was the end of the galoshes, I suppose,' said Julian, with a grin. 'On the whole, Timmy, you 112 have a rather poor report. I'm afraid our Uncle Quentin will not award you the usual half-crown we get for good 113 reports.' At the mention of her father, George scowled. 'I see George has not lost her pretty scowl,' said Dick, in a 114 teasing voice, 'Dear old George! We shouldn't know her unless she put on that fearsome scowl half a dozen times a 115 day!' 'Oh, she's better than she was,' said Anne, hurrying to George's defense at once. George was not so touchy as she 116 had once been, when she was being teased. All the same, Anne knew that there might be sparks flying over her father 117 taking Kirrin Island these holidays, and she didn't want George to fly into a temper too soon! Julian looked at his 118 cousin. 'I say, old thing, you're not going to take this business of Kirrin Island too much to heart, are you?' he said. 119 'You've just got to realize that your father's a remarkably clever man, one of the finest scientists we've got - and I think 120

117-when she was being teased – quando ela era arreliada 117-All the same – mesmo assim, não obstante 117-There to be - haver 117-Sparks – faíscas, chispas 117-Fly - voar 117-Over - sobre 118-taking Kirrin Island – ocupando a ilha Kirrin 118-Temper – génio, disposição 118-Into - para 118-Soon – logo, cedo, depressa 118-Too – demasiado, muito 118-to fly into a temper – encolerizar-se súbitamente 119-Cousin - primo 119-Old thing - amiga 119-Too much to heart – muito a peito 119-Business - assunto 120-Realize – compreender, fazer ideia, perceber 120-Remarkably – invulgarmente, notávelmente 120-Clever – esperto, inteligente 120-Finest - refinados

112-Old game – antigo divertimento 112-Grin – sorriso largo 112-Whole – na totalidade, no conjunto 113-Rather - muito 113-Poor – pobre, miserável 113-Report – relatório (de comportamento), nota 113-Award – recompense, prémio 113-we get for good reports – nós temos por bom comportamento 114-Scowl – olhar carrancudo, má cara 114-Pretty – bastante grande, considerável 115-Teasing – zombador, arreliador 115-Unless – a não ser que, salvo se 115-We shouldn't know her – nós não a reconheceríamos 115-Fearsome – terrível, assustador 115-half a dozen times a day – meia dúzia de vezes por dia 116-Hurrying – apressando-se 116-At once - imediatamente 116-Touchy - irritável 117-Once – outrora, noutros tempos

109-Upset - tombo 109-Behaved – comportar-se 109-Himself – ele mesmo 109-Fairly – razoavelmente 109-Considering - considerando 110-'Hasn't he, Anne? – não foi Ana? 110-Joint – pedaço de carne 110-Larder - despensa 110-Once – uma vez 111-So much - tanto 110-Harm - dano 110-Cushion - almofada 111-Chewed – mastigou, cortou com os dentes 111-Blame – culpar, censurar 111-All over the place – em todo o lugar 112-Game - divertimento

11

11

that those kind of fellows ought to be allowed as much -freedom as they like, for their work. I mean - if Uncle Quentin 121 wants to work' on Kirrin Island for some peculiar reason of his own, then you ought to be pleased to say "Go ahead,' 122 Father!" George looked a little mutinous after this rather long speech; but she thought a great deal of Julian, and usually 123 went by what he said. He was older than any- of them, a tall, good-looking boy, with determined eyes and a strong chin. 124 George scratched Timmy's head, and spoke in a low voice. 'All right. I won't go up in smoke about it, Julian. But I'm 125 frightfully disappointed. I'd planned to go to Kirrin Island-ourselves these holls.' 'Well, we're all disappointed,' said 126 Julian. 'Buck -up with your bun, old thing. We've -got to get across London and catch the train for Kirrin. We shall miss 127 it if we don't look out.' Soon they were in the train for Kirrin. Julian was very good at getting porters and taxis. Anne 128 gazed admiringly at her big brother as he found them all corner-seat a carriage. Julian did know how to tackle things! 129 Do you think I've grown, Julian?' she asked him. 'I hope I'd be as tall as George by the end of this term too!' Well -I 130 should think you might be a quarter of an inch more than last term,' said Julian. 'You can't catch us up - you'll always be 131 the smallest! But I like you small.' 'Look at Timmy, putting his head out of the window usual!' said Dick. 'Timmy, you'll 132

129-Admiringly – com admiração 129-big brother – irmão mais velho 129-Seat - assento 129-Carriage - carruagem 129-Found – arranjou, encontrou 129-Corner - canto 129-Tackle – agarrar, deitar a mão a 130-Grow - crescer 130-Hope – esperar, ter esperança 130-Tall - alto 131-Quarter – quarto, quarta parte 131-Inch - polegada 131-Last – passado, ultimo, derradeiro 131-Term - período 131-Catch - apanhar 132-Smallest – o mais pequeno de todos 132-Usual – como de costume

124-Older – mais velho 124-Tall - alto 124-good-looking boy – bonito rapaz 124-determined eyes – olhar decidido 124-Chin - queixo 125-Scratch - coçar 125-Spoke - falou 125-Low - baixo 125-I won't go up in smoke – eu não quero zangar-me 126-Frightfully – terrívelmente, extremamente 126-Disappointed - desapontada 127-Buck-up – apressar-se 127-Bun – bolo de leite com uvaspassas 127-Across - através 127-Catch – apanhar, agarrar 128-Miss – perder, comboio, autocarro 128-Soon – em breve 128-Getting – obtenção, aquisição 128-Porter – carregador, moço de fretes 129-Gaze – olhar pasmado

121-Fellows - indivíduos 121-Ought – dever, ter obrigação de 121-Allow – conceder, admitir 121-As much as – tanto como 121-Freedom – liberdade de acção 121-Like - desejar 121-Mean – querer dizer 122-Own – do próprio 122-Ought – dever, ter obrigação de 122-Pleased – contente, satisfeito 122-Go ahead – adiantar-se, vai em frente 123-A Little - um pouco 123-Mutinous – amotinado, revoltado 123-Rather – bastante, muito 123-Long – longo, comprido 123-Speech – discurso, oração 123-Thought – pensava, considerava 123-Great deal – muito, uma grande quantidade 123-thought a great deal – considerer muito 123-Usually – habitualmente, geralmente

12

12

get a smoke-grit in your eye. Then George will go quite mad with grief and think you're going blind!' Woof,' said 133 Timmy, and wagged his tail. That was the nice part about Timmy. He always knew when he was being spoken to, even 134 if his name was not mentioned he answered at once. 135 Aunt Fanny was at the station to meet them in the trap. The children flung themselves on her, for they were very fond of 136 her. She was kind and gentle, and did best to keep her clever, impatient husband from find too much fault with the 137 children. 138 Uncle Quentin?' asked Julian, politely, when were setting off in the trap. 139 He's very well,' said his aunt. 'And terribly excited really, I've never known him to be so thrilled as he has been lately. 140 His work has been coming along very successfully. 141 'I suppose you don't know what his latest experiment?' said Dick. 142 'Oh no. He never tells me a word,' said Aunt Fanny 'He never tells anyone except his colleagues, of course. I do know 143 it's important and I know, of course that the last step the experiment has to be made in air with water all around. Don't 144

137-Keep – auxiliar, defender 137-and did best to keep her clever, impatient husband from find too much fault with the children – e fez o melhor para auxiliary o seu inteligente e impaciente marido de censurer demasiado as crianças. 137-To find fault with – censurar alguém 139-Uncle - tio 139-Politely – educadamente, polidamente 139-setting off - partida 140-Aunt - tia 140-terribly excited really – terrivelmente excitado realmente 140-Thrilled - entusiasmado 140-Lately – ultimamente, nos últimos tempos 141-Along – com, (para diante) 141-Come – resultar, suceder, ser 142-Latest – a última 143-Course - curso 144-Of course – evidentemente, certamente

133-smoke-grit - faúlha 133-Grief – aflição, preocupação 133-Quite - completamente 133-Blind - cego 134-Wag - abanar 134-spoken to – falar para alguém 135-Answered - respondia 135-At once - imediatamente 136-Aunt - tia 136-Meet – encontrar-se com alguém 136-Trap - charrette 136-Fling – precipitar-se violentamente, correr 136-Fond – amigo, amável, amoroso, muito dedicado 137-Kind - amável 137-Gentle – amável e simpática 137-Fault – falta, culpa

13

13

ask me 'Look! There's Kirrin Island!' They had rounded a corner, and had come in. Guarding the entrance of it was the 145 curious little island topped by the old ruined castle. The sun shone down on the blue sea, and the island looked most 146 enchanting. 147 George looked earnestly at it. She was looking for the building, whatever it was, that her father said he needed for his 148 work. Everyone looked at the island, seeking the same thing They saw it easily enough! Rising from castle, probably 149 from the castle yard, was a tall, thin tower, rather like a lighthouse. At the top was a glass-enclosed room, which 150 glittered in the sun. 151 "Oh Mother!" I don't like it! It spoils Kirrin Island,' said George, in dismay. 'Darling, it can come down when your 152 father has finished his work,' said her mother. 'It's a very flimsy, temporary thing. It can easily be pulled down. Father 153 promised me he would scrap it as soon as his work was done. He says you can go across and see it, if you like. It's 154 really rather interesting.' 'Ooooh - I'd love to go and see it,' said Anne, at once. 'It looks so queer. Is Uncle Quentin all 155 alone on Kirrin Island, Aunt Fanny?' 'Yes. I don't like him to be alone,' said her aunt. 'For - one thing I am sure he 156

150-Lighthouse - farol 150-Enclosed - fechado 150-glass-enclosed room – sala fechada envidraçada 151-Glitter - brilhar 152-Spoils - estragar 152-Dismay - consternação 152-come down – deitar abaixo, vir abaixo 153-Flimsy – fraco, pouco sólido 153-Pull – tirar, arrastar 154-Scrap – deitar fora 154-As soon as – logo que 154-Across – de perto, em contacto com 155-Rather – bastante, muito 155-Queer - esquisito 156-All alone – completamente só 156-For one thing – por um lado

145-Round - circular 145-Corner - esquina 145-Had – verbo to have 145-Guarding the entrance – guardando a entrada 146-Topped - encimada 146-Shine - brilhar 146-Look - parecer 147-Enchanting - encantador 148-Earnestl – demoradamente, seriamente 148-Whatever it was – qualquer coisa que 149-Everyone – toda a gente 149-Seek - procurar 149-Enough - bastante 149-Easily - facilmente 149-Rising – elevando-se 150-Yard - pátio 150-Tall - alta 150-Thin – delgada, esguia 150-Rather – mais, mais exactamente

14

14

doesn't get his meals properly, and for another, I'm always afraid some harm might-come to him when he's 157 experimenting - and if he's alone, how would I know if anything happened to him?' 'Well, Aunt Fanny, you could 158 always arrange for him to signal to you each morning and night, couldn't you ?' said Julian, sensibly. 'He could use that 159 tower easily. He could flash a signal to you in the morning, using a mirror, you know heliographing that he was all right 160 and at night he could signal with a lamp. Easy!' 'Yes. I did suggest that sort of thing,' said his aunt. I said I'd go over 161 with you all tomorrow, to see him and perhaps, Julian dear, you could arrange something of the sort with your uncle? 162 He seems to listen to you now.' 'Gracious! Do you mean to say Father wants us to invade his secret lair, and actually to 163 see his strange tower?' asked George, surprised. 'Well 'I don't think I want to go. After all, it's my island and it's horrid 164 to see someone else taking possession of it.' 'Oh, George, don't begin all that again,' said Anne, with a sigh. 'You and 165 your island! Can't you even lend it to your own father! Aunt Fanny, you should have seen George when your letter 166 came. She looked so fierce that I was quite scared!' Everyone laughed except George and Aunt Fanny. She looked 167 distressed. George was always so difficult! She found fault with her father, and got up against him time after time but 168

164-Horrid – horrível, terrível 165-Someone else – alguém mais 165-Possession - posse 165-Again – outra vez 165-Sigh - suspiro 166-Even – até mesmo 166-Own - próprio 167-Fierce - feroz 167-Looked - parecia 167-Scared – apavorado 167-Quite – completamente 167-Everyone – toda a gente 167-Laugh - rir 168-Distressed – aflita, preocupada 168-To find fault with – censurar alguém 168-Against - contra 168-Time after time – contínuamente, repetidas vezes

157-Properly - convenientemente 157-And for another – e por outro 157-Harm – ferimento, dano 158-Experimenting – fazendo experiências 158-Alone – só, sozinho 158-How would I know if anything happened to him – como saberia se alguma coisa lhe acontecesse? 159-Always - sempre 159-Arrange – arranjar, planear 159-couldn't you – não acha? 159-Sensibly - sensatamente 160-Mirror - espelho 160-Heliographing - heliografando

161-Suggest – sugerir, lembrar 161-Sort – espécie, género 161-Over – de novo, outra vez 162-Tomorrow - amanhã 162-Perhaps - talvez 162-Arrange - planear 162-something of the sort – qualquer coisa desse género 163-Seem - parecer 163-Now - presentemente 163-Gracious - agradável 163-Mean – quer dizer 163-Do you mean to say – quer dizer que 163-Lair – toca, covil 163-Actually – na realidade, efectivamente 164-After all – afinal, no fim de contas

15

15

dear me, how very, very like him she was, with her scowls, her sudden temper, and her fierceness! If only George was 169 as sweet-tempered and as easy going as these three cousins of hers! George looked at her mother's troubled face, and 170 felt ashamed of herself. She put her hand on her knee, It's all right, Mother! I won't make a fuss. I'll try and keep my 171 feelings to myself, really I will. I know. Father's work is important. I'll go with you to the island tomorrow.' Julian gave 172 George a gentle clap on the back. 'Good old George! She's actually learned, not only to give in, but to give in 173 gracefully! George, you're more like a boy than ever when you act like that.' George glowed. She liked Julian to say she 174 was like a boy. She didn't want to be petty and catty and bear malice as so many girls did. But Anne looked a little 175 indignant. 176 'It isn't only boys that can learn to give in decently, and things like that,' she said. Heaps of girls do. Well, I jolly well 177 hope I do myself!' 'My goodness, here's another fire-brand!' said Aunt Fanny, smiling. 'Stop arguing now, all of you - 178 here's Kirrin Cottage. Doesn't it look sweet with all the primroses in the garden, and the wallflowers coming out, and 179 daffodils peeping everywhere?' It certainly did. The four children and Timmy tore in the front gate, delighted to be 180

178-Argue - discutir 178-Now - imediatamente 179-Here's Kirrin Cottage – estamos no casal Kirrin 179-Sweet - encantador 179-Wallflower – goiveiro, (flôr) 180-Daffodil – narciso amarelo 180-Peeping – desabrochando, nascendo 180-Everywhere – em toda a parte 180-It certainly did – realmente estava lindo 180-It certainly did – realmente fazia-o 180-Tear – precipitar-se, correr 180-Gate - portão 180-Front - fachada 180-Delight - encantar

173-Give – ceder, dar de si 174-Gracefully – gentileza, graciosidade 174-you're more like a boy – estás mais parecida com um rapaz 174-than ever when you act like that – do que quando ages como rapaz 174-Glow – ficar radiante, encher-se de satisfação 174-She liked - ela gostava 175-Like - parecida 175-Petty – mesquinha, trivial 175-Catty – maliciosa, caluniadora 175-To bear malice to someone – querer mal a alguém 175-Little - levemente 176-Indignant - indignado 177-Decently – decentemente, bem 177-Heap – muitas, grande quantidade, imensas 177-Jolly – muito, completamente 177-I jolly well hope I do myself - Bastante bem espero que eu própria o faça 178-fire-brand – pessoa ou coisa que dá origem a discórdia

169-very like him – tão parecida com ele 169-Scowl – olhar carrancudo 169-Sudden – intempestivo, brusco 169-Fierceness - fúria 169-Only - apenas 170-Hers – seu, sua, seus, suas 170-Sweet-tempered - dócil 170-Easy going – fácil de levar 170-Troubled – perturbada, aflita 171-Ashamed - envergonhada 171-Herself – ela própria 171-Fuss – rebuliço, espalhafato 171-Keep – esconder, manter, conservar 173-Clap – aplauso, pancada seca 173-Back - costas 173-Learn - aprender 173-Actually – na realidade, efectivamente

16

16

back. They clattered into the house, and, to their great delight, found Joanna, the old cook there. She had come back 181 to help for the holidays. She beamed at the children, and fondled Timmy when he leapt round her, barking. 182 'Well, there now! Haven't you all grown again? How big you are, Master Julian taller than I am, I declare. And little 183 Miss Anne, why, she's getting quite big.' That pleased Anne, of course. Julian went back to the front door to help his 184 aunt with the small bags in the trap. The trunks were coming later. Julian and Dick took everything upstairs. 185 Anne joined them, eager to see her old bedroom again. Oh, how good it was to be in Kirrin Cottage once more! She 186 looked out of her windows. One looked on to the moor at the back. The other looked sideways on to the sea. Lovely! 187 Lovely! She began to sing a little song as she undid her bag. 188 'You know,' she said to Dick, when he brought George's bag in, 'you know, Dick, I'm really quite pleased that Uncle 189 Quentin has gone to Kirrin Island, even if it means we won't be able to go there much! I feel much freer in the house 190 when he's away. He's a very clever man and he can be awfully nice but I always feel a bit afraid of him.' Dick laughed. 191 'I'm not afraid of him - but he's a bit of a wet blanket in a house, I must say, when we're here for the holidays. Funny to 192

184-That - isto 184-Course – evidentemente, certamente 185-Later – mais tarde 185-Took - levaram 185-Trunk – mala grande 185-Upstair – para o andar superior 186-Join – juntar-se 186-Eager – ansiosa, impaciente 186-Bedroom – quarto de dormir 186-Once more – mais uma vez 187-Moor – charneca, matagal, pantano 187-looked sideways – via-se de lado 188-Undo - desfazer 189-Brought (bring) - trouxe 190-Mean - significar 190-Much – muitas vezes 190-Much freer – mais à vontade 191-Awfully - terrívelmente 191-Nice - simpático 191-Bit – pedaço, bocado 192-Wet blanket – desmancha prazeres

181-Back – de volta 181-Clattered – deslocar-se ruidosamente 181-Clattered into the house – deslocaram-se (entraram) ruidosamente dentro de casa 181-Delight – prazer, alegria 182-Help - auxiliar 182-Beamed – sorria, irradiava alegria 182-Fondle - acariciar 182-Leapt – pulou, saltou 182-Barking - latindo 183-there now! – vamos a isso! 183-Grown - crescido 183-Again – outra vez 183-Master - senhor 183-Haven't you all grown again? – não cresceram todos outra vez? 183-Taller – mais alto 183-Declare - afirmo 184-Getting – tornar-se 184-Why – quê!, bem!, ora! 184-Quite - muito

17

17

think of him on Kirrin Island all alone.' A voice came up the stairs. 'Come down to tea, children, because there are hot 193 scones for you, just out of the oven.' 'Coming, Aunt Fanny!' called Dick. 'Hurry, Anne. I'm awfully hungry. Julian, did 194 you hear Aunt Fanny calling?' George came up the stairs to fetch Anne. She was pleased to be home, and as for Timmy, 195 he was engaged in going round every single corner of the house, sniffing vigorously. 196 'He always does that!' said George. 'As if he thought that there might be a chair or a table that didn't smell the same as it 197 always did. Come on, Tim. Tea-time! Mother, as Father isn't here, can Timmy sit beside me on the floor? He's awfully 198 well-behaved now. 199 'Very well,' said her mother, and tea began. What a tea! It looked as if it was a spread for a party of twenty. Good old 200 Joanna! She must have baked all day. Well, there wouldn't be much left when the Five had finished! 201 Chapter Three 202 OFF TO KIRRIN ISLAND 203

200-What a tea! – e que chá 200-Spread – festa, banquete 201-Bake – cozer no forno 201-Leave – sobejar, deixar ficar 203-OFF – ida a…

193-Stairs - escadas 193-'Come down – vir para baixo, descer 193-Hot - quente 194-Scone - bolinho 194-Oven - forno 194-Hurry – despachar-se, apressar-se 194-Awfully - terrívelmente 195-Hear - ouvir 195-Call - chamar 195-Fetch – trazer, ir buscar 196-Engage - ocupar 196-Round – à roda, em círculo 196-Sniff – cheirar e fungar 196-Vigorously - vigorosamente 198-Come on - vamos 198-Sit – sentar-se 198-Beside – perto de, junto de, 198-Awfully - terrívelmente 199-Behave – comportar-se

18

18

NEXT day was fine and warm. 'We can go across to the island this morning,' said Aunt Fanny. 'We'll take our own 204 food, because I'm sure Uncle Quentin will have forgotten we're coming.' 'Has he a boat there:' asked George. 'Mother 205 hasn't taken my boat, has he?' 'No, dear,' said - her mother. 'He's got another boat. I was afraid he would never be able to 206 get it in and out of all those dangerous rocks round the island, but he got one of the fishermen to take him, and had his 207 own boat towed behind, with all its stuff in/' - 'Who built the tower?' asked Julian. 208 'Oh, he made out the plans himself, and some men were sent down from the Ministry of Research to put the tower up 209 for him,' said Aunt Fanny 'It was all rather hush-hush really. The people here were most curious about it, but they don't 210 know any more than I do! No local man helped in the building, but one or two fishermen were hired to take the material 211 to the island, and to land the men and soon.' 'It's all very mysterious,' said Julian. 'Uncle Quentin leads rather an exciting 212 life, really, doesn't he? I wouldn't mind being a scientist myself. I want to be something really worthwhile when I grow 213 up I'm not just going into somebody's office. I'm going to be on my own. 214 'I think I shall be a doctor,' said Dick. 215

212-Soon - depressa 212-Lead - levar 213-Mind – importar-se 213-Worthwhile – digno, conceituado 214-somebody's office – escritório de alguém, empregado

204-NEXT - seguinte 204-Fine – encantador, bonito 204-Warm - quente 204-Across – à… 206-has he? – ele levou? 207-Fishermen – pescador, (fisher – pescador) 208-Tow – embarcação rebocada 208-Behind – atrás de… 208-Stuff – material, coisas, objectos 209-Out - completamente 209-Send - enviar 209-Research - investigação 210-Hush-hush - segredo 210-Hush – quietação, quietude, calma, silêncio 210-The people here – as pessoas, daqui 210-Most - (superl. de much e many, o maior) muitíssimo 211-No - nenhum 211-Hire - assalariados, alugados, contratados 212-Land - desembarcar

19

19

Off to get my boat,' said George, rather bored with this talk. She knew what she was going to do when she was grown-216 up live on Kirrin Island with Timmy! Aunt Fanny had got ready plenty of food to take across to the island. She was 217 quite looking forward to the trip. She had not seen her husband for some days and was anxious to know that he was all 218 right. They all went down to the beach, Julian carrying the bag of food. George was already there with her boat. James, 219 a fisher-boy friend of George's, was there too, ready to push the boat out for them. 220 He grinned at-the children. He knew them all the old days he had looked after Timmy for George when her father had 221 said the dog must be given away. George had never forgotten James's kindness to Timmy, and always went to see him 222 every holidays. 223 'Going off to the island?' said James. 'That's a queer sort of thing in the middle of it, isn't it? Kind of lighthouse, it looks. 224 Take my hand, Miss, and let me help you in. Anne took his hand and jumped into the boat. George was already there 225 with Timmy. Soon they were all in. Julian and George took the oars. James gave them a shove and off they went on the 226 calm, clear water. Anne could see every stone on the bottom! Julian and George rowed strongly. They sent the boat 227

224-Queer – estranha, esquisita 224-sort of thing – espécie de coisa 224-Lighthouse - farol 225-Jump - saltar 226-Soon – em breve 226-Oar - remo 226-Shove - empurrão 227-Calm – calma, tranquila 227-Clear – transparente, límpida 227-Stone - pedra 227-Bottom – fundo do mar 227-Row - remar 227-Strongly - fortemente 227-Send - impelir

216-Off to get my boat – vou ver o meu barco 216-Bored – aborrecida, sofrida, suportar 216-Talk - conversa 217-Ready – aprontar, preparar 217-Across to – para a… 218-Quite – completamente, muito 218-Forward – ansiosa, impaciente 218-Trip – passeio, viagem, excursão 218-looking forward – expectativa agradável, acto de esperar com prazer por… 218-Anxious - ansiosa 219-Carry – levar, transportar 220-Ready - pronto 221-Grin – sorriso que descobre os dentes 221-He knew them all – ele conhecia-os todos 221-After - pelo 222-Must be given away – devia ir-se embora 222-Kindness - bondade

20

20

along swiftly. George began to sing a rowing song and they all took it up. It was lovely to be on the sea in a boat 228 again. Oh holidays, go slowly, don't rush away too fast! 'George,' said her mother nervously, as they in Island, 'you will 229 be careful of these awful rocks, won't you? The water's so clear today that I can see them all - and some of them are 230 only just below the water.' 'Oh Mother! You know I've rowed hundreds of times to Kirrin Island ! laughed George. 'I 231 simply couldn't go on a rock! I know them all, really I do. I could almost row blindfold to the island now.' There was 232 only one place to land on the island in safety. This was a little cove, a natural little harbour running up to a stretch of 233 sand. It was sheltered by high rocks all round. George and Julian worked their way to the east side of the island, 234 rounded a low wall of very sharp rocks, and there lay the cove, a smooth inlet of water running into the shore! Anne had 235 been looking at the island as the others rowed. There was the old ruined Kirrin Castle in the center, just the same as 236 ever. Its tumbledown towers were full of jackdaws as usual.. Its old walls were gripped by ivy. 237 'It's a lovely place!' said Anne, with a sigh. Then she gazed at the curious tower that now rose from the centre of the 238 castle yard. It was not built of brick but of some smooth, shiny material, that was fitted together in sections. Evidently 239

235-Inlet – enseada, angra 235-Shore - praia 236-as the others rowed – enquanto os outros remavam 236-As ever – como sempre 236-Just the same as ever – exactamente o mesmo como sempre 236-Its - suas 236-Tumbledown – em ruínas 237-Tower - torre 237-Full - cheio 237-Jackdaw - gralha 237-Ivy - hera 237-Grip – apanhadas, cobertas de… 238-Sigh - suspiro 238-Gaze – ficar pasmado 238-Rise – elevar-se 239-Brick - tijolo 239-Some - algum 239-Smooth – liso, polido 239-Shiny – brilhante, polido 239-Fit – ajustar-se, adaptar-se 239-Together – conjuntamente, em grupo 239-Evidently - evidentemente

231-Just – precisamente, exactamente 231-Row - remar 231-Hundred - centena 232-Blindfold – de olhos vendados 233-Safety - segurança 233-Cove - enseada 233-Harbour – porto de abrigo 233-Run – estendendo-se 233-Stretch – extensão 233-Sand - areia 234-Shelter – resguardar, abrigar 234-High - alto 234-worked their way – fizeram o seu caminho 234-East – leste, oriental 234-Round – circundar, contornar 234-Low - mau 234-Wall - parede 235-Sharp – afiado, cortante 235-Lay (to lie) – encontrar-se 235-Cove - enseada 235-Smooth – regular, suave, natural, calmo, tranquilo

228-Along – para diante 228-Swiftly - velozmente 228-Rowing – remadores, barqueiros 228-And they all took (to take) it up – e todos fizeram coro 229-Rush - correr 229-Fast – depressa, rápido 229-Too – demasiado, excessivamente 229-Nervously – nervosamente, com receio 229-As they in Island – ao aproximarem-se da ilha 230-Awful - terrível 231-Below – a baixo de, por baixo

21

21

the tower had been made in that way so that it might be brought to the island easily, and set up there quickly. 240 'Isn't it queer?' said Dick. 'Look at that little glass room at the top like a look-out room! I wonder what it's for?' 'Can 241 anyone climb up inside the tower?' asked Dick, turning to Aunt Fanny. 242 'Oh yes. There is a narrow spiral staircase inside,' said his aunt. 'That's about all there is inside the tower itself. It's the 243 little room at the top that is important. It has got some extraordinary wiring there, essential to your uncle's experiments. 244 I don't think he does anything with the tower - it just has to be there, doing something on its own, which has a certain 245 effect on the experiments he is making.' Anne couldn't follow this. It sounded too complicated. 'I should like to go up 246 the tower,' she said. 247 'Well, perhaps your uncle will let you,' said her aunt. 248 'If he's in a good temper,' said George. 249 'Now George - you're not to say things like that,' said her mother. 250 The boat ran into the little harbour, and grounded softly. There was another boat there already - Uncle Quentin's. 251

244-Extraordinary – extraordinário, invulgar, especial 245-I don't think he does anything with the tower – não sei se ele faz qualquer coisa na torre. 245-Something – qualquer coisa 246-Follow - compreender 246-Sounded - soava 246-Too – demasiado, excessivamente 248-Perhaps – talvez, possívelmente 248-Let – deixar, permitir 249-'If he's in a good temper, - se estiver de bom humor 251-To run into - atingir 251-grounded softly - roçou na areia suavemente 251-Softly - suavemente 251-Already - já 251-Uncle Quentin's – o do tio Alberto

240-Way – modo, maneira 240-Bring - trazer 240-Set up – colocar, montar 241-Queer - esquisito 241-Look-out room - miradouro 241-Wonder – gostar de saber, perguntar 242-Anyone – qualquer pessoa 242-Climb – subir, trepar 242-Inside – interiror, lado de dentro 242-Turning – voltando-se 243-Narrow - estreito 243-Spiral - espiral 243-Staircase - escadaria 243-'That's about all there is inside the tower itself. – prática-mente ocupa toda a torre 243-About – em volta de 243-'That's about all there is inside the tower itself. - está em volta dela toda no seu próprio interior 244-Top - cimo 244-Wiring – instalação eléctrica

22

22

George leapt out with Julian and they pulled it up a little further, so that the others could get out without wetting their 252 feet. Out they all got, and Timmy ran up the beach in delight. 253 'Now, Timmy!' said George, warningly, and Timmy turned a despairing eye on his mistress. Surely she wasn't going to 254 stop him looking to see if there were any rabbits? Only just looking! What harm was there in that? 255 Ah - there was a rabbit! And another and another! They sat all about, looking at the little company coming up from the 256 shore. They flicked their ears and twitched their noses, keeping quite still. 257 'Oh, they're as tame as ever!' said Anne in delight. 'Aunty Fanny, aren't they lovely? Do look at the baby one over there. 258 He's washing his face!' They stopped to look at the rabbits. They really were astonishingly tame. But then very few 259 people came to Kirrin Island, and the rabbits multiplied in peace, running about where they liked, quite unafraid. 260 'Oh, that one is, began Dick, but then the picture was spoilt. Timmy, quite unable to do nothing but look, had suddenly 261 lost his self-control and was bounding on the surprised rabbits. In a trice nothing could be seen but white bobtails 262 flashing up and down as rabbit after rabbit rushed to its burrow. 263

260-Quite - completamente 261-Picture - fotografia 261-Spoilt - estragado 261-Unable - incapaz 261-To do nothing but look – de só observar 261-Suddenly - súbitamente 262-Lost – perdido (to lose) 262-Self-control – auto-domínio 262-Bounding (to bind) – dar um salto para a frente 262-Surprised – surpreendido, admirado 262-Trice – momento, instante 262-nothing could be seen 262-But – além de 262-Bobtails – rabos cortados, pompons 263-Flashing – como pompons, brilho súbito, BRILHANDO 263-As rabbit after rabbit – enquanto Coelho após coelho 263-Rush – precipitar-se para a frente, fugir 263-Burrow – cova, lura, coelheira

257-Twitch - contorção 257-Nose – nariz, focinho 257-Still - quieto 257-Keep - ficar 257-Quite - muito 258-Tame – manso, doméstico 258-As ever – como sempre 258-Delight – com prazer 258-Do look at the baby one over there – olhe para quele ainda pequenino 259-Wash - lavar 259-They stopped to look at the rabbits – pararam a observer os coelhos 259-Astonishingly - surprendentemente 259-Tame – mansos, domésticos 260-Few people – poucas pessoas 260-running about where they liked – correndo por onde queriam 260-Unafraid – sem receio

254-Turned a despairing eye on his mistress – virou uns olhos desesperados para a sua dona 255-stop him – impedi-lo 255-There were - haviam 255-Any - alguns 255-Only just looking! – só para os ver!! 255-Harm – mal, ofensa, dano 255-was there in that? – havia nisso? 256-Ah - there was a rabbit! – ah, havia um Coelho! 256-Sat (to sit)- sentaram-se 256-About – em roda 256-little company - grupo 256-Coming up from the shore. – que saía da praia 257-They flicked their ears – (tremeram) arrebitaram as suas orelhas 257-Ear – ouvido, orelha

252-Leapt (to) – saltar, pular 252-Further – mais além 252-Pulled – puxar, arrastar 252-so that – e assim 252-Wet - molhar 252-Foot – pé, pata 253-Feet - pés 253-Out they all got – desembarcaram todos 253-Delight – com delícia, com prazer 254-Now - já 254-Warningly - admoestadoramente

23

23

'Timmy!' called George, crossly, and poor Timmy put his tail down; looking round at George miserably. 'What!' he 264 seemed to say. 'Not even a scamper after the rabbits? What a hard-hearted mistress!' 'Where's Uncle Quentin?' asked 265 Anne, as they walked to the great broken archway that was the entrance to the old castle. Behind it were .the stone steps 266 that led towards the centre. They were broken and irregular now. Aunt Fanny went across them carefully, afraid of 267 stumbling, but the children; who were wearing rubber shoes, ran over them quickly. 268 They passed through a ruined doorway into what looked like a great yard. Once there had been a stone-paved floor, but 269 now most of it was covered by sand, and by close-growing weeds or grass. 270 The castle had had two towers. One was almost a complete ruin. The other was in better shape. Jackdaws circled round 271 it, and flew above the children's heads, crying 'chack, chack, chack'. 272 'I suppose your father lives in the little old room with the two slit-like windows,' said Dick to George. 'That's the only 273 place in the castle that would give him any shelter. Everywhere else is in ruins except that one room. Do you remember 274 we once spent a night there?' 'Yes,' said George. 'It was fun. I suppose that's where Father lives. There's nowhere else - 275

273-Like - parecido 273-slit-like windows – ranhuras a fazer de janelas 274-Shelter - abrigo 274-Everywhere – em toda a parte, 274-Else - mais 274-that one – aquele único 275-Once – uma vez 275-Spent (to spend) – passar tempo, passámos 275-Fun - divertido 275-To live - viver 275-Lives - vive 275-Nowhere - nada 275-There's nowhere else – não há nada mais

269-Yard - pátio 269-Once - outrora 269-Floor - chão 269-Stone-paved floor – pavimento de pedra 270-Most – a maior 270-Sand - areia 270-Weeds – ervas daninhas 270-Grow - crescer 270-Close - compactas 270-close-growing weeds – compactas ervas crescidas 270-Grass - relva 271-Had had - tivera 271-Almost - quase 271-Shape - aspecto 271-Jackdaws - corvos 271-Circled – rodear, andar à volta 272-Flew (to fly) - voavam 272-Above - sobre 272-Head - cabeça 273-Old - antigo 273-Slit – ranhura, fenda

266-Walk - caminhar 266-Great – grande, notável 266-Archway – arcada, passagem em abóbada 266-Entrance - entrada 266-Behind - atrás 266-Stone - pedra 266-Step - degrau 267-Led (to lead) - conduzir 267-Towards – em direcção a 267-Broke – quebrar, partir 267-Aunt Fanny went across them carefully – a tia Clara caminhava cuidadosamente 268-Stumbling - tropeçar 268-Wear – usar, trazer, vestir 268-Rubber – de borracha 268-Shoes - sapatos 268-Run - correr 268-Quick - rápido 269-Door - porta 269-into what – de onde

264-Crossly – zangado, de mau humor 264-Put his tail down – baixou a cauda 264-Round – em volta, em torno, fazendo um rodeio 264-Miserably – miseravelmente, lastimosamente 264-'What!' – o quê? 265-Seem - parecer 265-Scamper – rápida corrida 265-Even – mesmo, justamente 265-After – atrás de 265-Mistress - dona 265-Hard-hearted mistress – dona sem coração 265-'Where's Uncle Quentin? – onde está o tio Alberto ?

24

24

unless he's down in the dungeons!' 'Oh, no one would live in the dungeons surely, unless they simply had to!' said 276 Julian. 'They're so dark and cold. Where is your father, George? I can't see him anywhere.' 'Mother, where would Father 277 be?' asked George. 'Where's his workshop -- in that old room there?' She pointed to the dark, stone-walled, stone-roofed 278 room, which was really all that was left of the part in which people had long ago lived. It jutted out from what had once 279 been the wall of the castle. 280 'Well, really, I don't exactly know,' said her mother. 'I suppose he works over there. He's always met me down at the 281 cove, and we've just sat on the sand and had a picnic and talked. He didn't seem to want me to poke round much.' 'Let's 282 call him,' said Dick. So they shouted loudly. 'Uncle QUEN-tin! Uncle QUEN-tin! Where are you?' The jackdaws flew 283 up in fright, and a few gulls, who had been sitting on part of the ruined wall, joined in the noise, crying 'ee-oo, ee-oo, 284 ee-oo' over and over again. Every rabbit disappeared in a trice. 285 No Uncle Quentin appeared. They shouted again. 286 'UNCLE QUENTIN! WHERE ARE YOU?' 'What a noise!' said Aunt Fanny, covering her ears. 'I should think that 287

284-Part - porção 284-Wall - paredão 284-Join – juntar-se a 285-Over and over again – repetidamente, repetidas vezes 285-Every - todos 285-Disappeared (to disappear) - desapareceram 285-Trice - instante 286-Appear - aparecer 287-Cover - cobrir 287-Ear - ouvido

278-Roof – telhado, tecto 278-Wall - parede 278-Stone - pedra 279-Left (to leave) - sobejou 279-Ago - passado 279-Jutted – salientava-se (to jut) 279-Once - outrora 281-Over there – acolá, além 281-Meet – encontrar-se com 282-Cove – angra, enseada 282-Sat – sentámo-nos (to sit) 282-Talk - conversar 282-Poke (to) – intrometer-se 282-He didn't seem to want me to poke round much. – parece-me que ele não quer que eu me intrometa muito 283-Call – gritar, chamar 283-Shout - grito 283-Loudly – em voz alta, ruidosamente 284-Fright – susto, sobressalto 284-Few - pouco 284-Sit - empoleirados

276-Unless – a não ser que, salvo se, excepto 276-Dungeon – calabouço, masmorra, subterrâneos 276-no one - ninguém 276-Surely – seguramente, certamente 276-Unless - a não ser que, salvo se, excepto 276-Unless they simply had to - a não ser que fosse obrigado, ou simplesmente o tivesse feito 277-Dark - escuro 277-Cold - frio 277-Anywhere – em parte alguma 278-Workshop - oficina 278-in that old room there? – é no velho quarto? 278-stone-walled, stone-roofed – paredes e tecto de pedra

25

25

Joanna must have heard that at home. Oh dear - where is your uncle? This is most annoying of him. I told him I'd bring 288 you across today.' 'Oh well - he must be somewhere about,' said Julian, cheerfully. 'If Mahomet won't come to the 289 mountain, then the mountain must go to Mahomet. I expect he's deep in some book or other. We'll hunt for him.' 'We'll 290 look in that little dark room,' said Anne. So they all went through the stone doorway, and found themselves in a little 291 dark room, lit only by two slits of windows. At one end was a space, or recess, where a fireplace had once been, going 292 back into the thick stone wall. 293 'He's not here' said Julian in surprise. 'And what's more - there's nothing here at all! No food, no clothes, no books, no 294 stores of any sort. This is not his workroom, nor even his store!' 'Then he must be down in the dungeons,' said Dick. 295 'Perhaps it's necessary to his work to be underground -and with water all round! Let's go and find the entrance. We 296 know where it is - not far from the old well in the middle of the yard.' 'Yes. He must be down in the dungeons. Mustn't 297 he, Aunt Fanny?' said Anne. 'Are you coming down?' 'Oh no,' said her aunt. 'I can't bear those dungeons. I'll sit out here 298 in the sun, in this sheltered corner, and unpack the sandwiches. It's almost lunch-time.' 'Oh good,' said everyone. They 299

296-Entrance - entrada 297-Far - longe 297-Well - poço 297-Mustn't he, Aunt Fanny?' – não deve tia fanny? 298-'Are you coming down? – querem vir lá abaixo? 298-Bear - suportar 298-Those – plural de that - esse 298-Sit – sentar-se 299-Shelter - abrigada 299-Corner - canto 299-Unpack - desembrulhar 299-Almost - quase 299-Everyone – toda a gente

292-Slit - fenda 292-End - extremidade 292-Recess – vão, lugar recôndito, escondido, recorte 292-Fireplace – fogão de sala 292-Once – outrora, noutros tempos 293-Thick - espessa 292-Going back - talhada 294-'And what's more – e o que é mais… 294-At all - absolutamente 294-Food - comida 294-Clothes - roupas 295-Stores – provisões, fornecimentos 295-Sort - espécie 295-Even – até mesmo 295-Nor – nem, nem tão pouco 295-Store – armazém, depósito 295-Then - então 295-Dungeons - subterrâneos 296-Underground - subsolo

288-Heard (to hear) - ouvido 288-Annoying - aborrecido 288-Most (superlative de much e many) – muitíssimo, extremamente 288-Bring - trazer 289-Across - aqui 289-Somewhere – em qualquer parte 289-About – em volta, em roda 289-Cheerfully - animadamente 290-Expect – imagino, espero 290-Deep – profundo, intenso 290-I expect he's deep in some book or other – penso que se agarrou profundamente, a um livro ou outra coisa 290-Hunt - procurar 291-Dark - escuro 291-Doorway - porta 291-Themselves – a si mesmos 292-Lit (to light) - iluminados

26

26

went towards the dungeon entrance. They expected to see the big flat stone that covered the entrance, standing 300 upright, so that they might go down the steps underground. 301 But the stone was lying flat. Julian was just about to pull on the iron ring to lift it up when he noticed something 302 peculiar. 303 'Look,' he said. 'There are weeds growing round the edges of the stone. Nobody has lifted it for a long time. Uncle 304 Quentin isn't down in the dungeons!' 'Then where is he?' said Dick. 'Wherever can he be?' 305 Chapter Four 306 WHERE IS UNCLE QUENTIN? 307 The four of them, with Timmy nosing round their legs, stood staring down at the big stone that hid the entrance to the 308 dungeons. Julian was perfectly right. The stone could not have been lifted for months, because weeds had grown closely 309 round the edges, sending their small roots into every crack. 310 'No one is down there,' said Julian. 'We need not even bother to pull up the stone and go down to see. If it had been 311

305-Wherever – em que parte 308-Nosing (to nose) - cheirando 308-Round – em volta 308-Stood (to stand) – ficar parado 308-Staring – olhando pasmados 308-Hid (to hide) - escondia 309-Perfectly - perfeitamente 309-Right - certo 309-Could (to can) - podia 310-Closely – hermeticamente fechado 310-Edge – orla, borda, aresta 310-Sending (to send) - espalhando 310-Small - pequeno 310-Root - raiz 310-Crack – fenda, racha, greta 311-No one - ninguém 311-Bother – aborrecer-mo-nos 311-Pull - puxar

300-Towards – em direcção a 300-Dungeon – masmorra, subterrâneo 300-Flat - liso 300-big flat stone – grande pedra lisa 300-Cover - cobrir 300-Standing – de pé, em pé, vertical 300-Upright – direito, de pé 301-Might (to may) - podiam 301-Steps - degraus 302-Lying – estendido, deitado 302-Flat – na horizontal 302-Just - precisamente 302-Pull (to) - puxar 302-Iron - ferro 302-Ring – argola, aro, anel 302-Lift – erguer, levantar 303-Peculiar - estranho 304-Weed – erva daninha 304-Edge – orla, borda, aresta 304-Lift – erguer, levantar

27

27

lifted lately, those weeds would have been torn up as it was raised.' 'And anyway, we know that no one can get out of 312 the dungeon once the entrance stone is closing it,' said Dick. 'It's too heavy. Uncle Quentin wouldn't be silly enough to 313 shut himself in! He'd leave it open.' 'Of course he would,' said Anne. 'Well - he's not there, then. He must be somewhere 314 else.' 'But where?' said George. 'This is only a small island, and we know every corner of it. Oh - would he be in that 315 cave we hid in once? The only cave on the island.' 'Oh yes he might be,' said Julian. 'But I doubt it. I can't see Uncle 316 Quentin dropping down through the hole in the cave's roof - and that's the only way of getting into it unless you're going 317 to clamber and slide about the rocks on the shore for ages. I can't see him doing that, either.' They made their way 318 beyond the castle to the other side of the island. Here there was a cave they had once lived in. It could be entered with 319 difficulty on the seaward side, as Julian had said, by clambering over slippery rocks, or it could be entered by dropping 320 down a rope through a hole in the roof to the floor some way below. 321 They found the hole, half hidden in old heather. Julian felt about. The rope was still there. 'I'll slide down and have a 322 look,' he said. 323

320-Over – sobre, em cima de 320-Slippery – escorregadio, escorregadiço, traiçoeiro, movediço 320-Drop (to) – deixar-se cair, tombar 321-Rope – corda, cabo, cordame 321-Hole – buraco, cova, orificio, cavidade 321-Roof - tecto 321-Floor – chão, soalho 321-some way below – alguns espaços por baixo (a baixo) 322-half hidden – meia escondida 322-Old - velho 322-Heather – urze, tojo 322-Felt (to feel) – reconhecer, investigar 322-Still (advérbio) – ainda 322-Slide – escorregar, deslizar

315-Else – mais 316-Hide (to) - esconder 316-Cave – caverna, gruta 316-Doubt (to) - duvidar 317-Drop (to) – deixar-se cair, tombar 317-Hole – buraco, cova, orificio, cavidade 317-Roof - tecto 317-Unless – a não ser que, salvo se 318-Clamber (to) - escalar 318-Slide – escorregar, deslizar 318-Shore - praia 318-Ages - idosos 318-Either – tão pouco 319-Beyond – além do, do outro lado 319-Enter (to) - entrar 320-Seaward – voltado para o mar 320-Clamber (to) - escalar

312-Lift - levantar 312-Lately – recentemente, últimamente, há pouco, nos últimos tempos 312-Torn (to tear) – despedaçar, dilacerar 312-To Raise – levanter, erguer 312-Anyway – de qualquer maneira, em todo o caso, 313-Once – uma vez que, se 313-Entrance - entrada 313-Heavy - pesada 313-Silly – tolo, parvo, pateta 314-Shut – fechar, encerrar 314-He'd leave it open – deixaria ficar aberto 314-Then – então, nessa altura 314-Somewhere – em qualquer parte, algures

28

28

He went down the rope. It was knotted at intervals, so that his feet found holding-places and he did not slide down 324 too quickly and scorch his hands. 325 He was soon in the cave. A dim light came in from the seaward side. Julian took a quick look round. There was 326 absolutely nothing there at all, except for an old box that they must have left behind when they were last here 327 themselves. 328 He climbed up the rope again, his head appearing suddenly out of the hole. Dick gave him a helping hand. 329 'Well?' he said. 'Any sign of Uncle Quentin?' 'No,' said Julian. 'He's not there, and hasn't been there either, I should 330 think. It's a mystery! Where is he, and if he's really doing important work where is all his stuff? I mean, we know that 331 plenty of stuff was brought here, because Aunt Fanny told us so.' 'Do you think he's in the tower?' said Anne, suddenly. 332 'He might be in that glass room at the top.' 'Well, he'd see us at once, if he were!' said Julian, scornfully. 'And hear our 333 yells too! Still, we might as well have a look.' So back to the castle they went and walked to the queer tower. Their aunt 334 saw them and called to them. 'Your lunch is ready. Come and have it. Your uncle will turn up, I expect.' 'But Aunt 335

333-at once – de repente, imediatamente 333-Scornfully - desdenhosamente 333-Hear (to) - ouvir 334-Still - ainda 334-Well - vantajosamente 334-May (to) - poder 334-Queer - esquisita 335-Saw them – viu-os 335-Called to them – chamou-os 335-Lunch - almoço 335-Ready - pronto 335-Turn - voltar

324-Knotted – enredado com nós 324-Holding – acto de segurar, de manter firme 324-Holding-places – (lugares) apoios de segurança 325-Scorch (to) - queimar 326-Soon – em breve 326-Dim – obscuro, sombrio 326-Seaward – voltado para o mar 326-Quick - rápido 327-At all - absolutamente 327-Here – aqui, neste lugar 327-Last – da última vez 329-Clamber (to) - escalar 329-Appear - aparecer 329-Hole – buraco, cova, orificio, cavidade 329-Helping (to help) - ajudar 330-Well – então? 330-Either – tão pouco, também não 331-Stuff - material 332-Plenty – abundancia, grande quantidade 332-Bring - trazer 332-Suddenly - súbitamente

29

29

Fanny, where is lie?' said Anne, with a puzzled face. 'We've looked simply everywhere!' Her aunt did not know the 336 island as well as the children did. She imagined that there were plenty of places to shelter in, or to work in. 'Never 337 mind,' she said, looking quite undisturbed. 'He'll turn up later. You come along and have your meal.' 'We think we'll go 338 up the tower,' said Julian. 'Just in case he's up there working.' The four children and Timmy went to where the tower 339 rose up from the castle yard. They ran their hands over the smooth, shining sections, which were fitted together in 340 curving rows. 'What's this stuff it's built of?' said Dick. 341 'Some kind of new plastic material, I should think,' said Julian. 'Very light and strong, and easily put together.' 'I should 342 be afraid it would blow down in a gale,' said George. 343 'Yes, so should I,' said Dick. 'Look -- here is the door.' The door was small, and rounded at the top. A key was in the 344 keyhole. Julian turned it and unlocked the door. It opened outwards not inwards. Julian put his head inside and looked 345 round. 346 There was not much room in the tower. A spiral staircase, made of the same shiny stuff as the tower itself, wound up 347

341-Curving - curvilíneas 341-Row – fileira, carreira 341-Stuff - material 342-Light - leve 342-Strong - forte 343-Blow – ventar, bufar 343-Gale – ventania, pé de vento, rajada muito forte 344-Small - pequeno 344-Rounded - arredondada 344-Top – na parte superior 344-Key - chave 345-Keyhole – buraco de fechadura 345-Turned it – deu a volta (à chave) 345-Unlocked – (abriu a fechadura) não fechado à chave 345-Outwards – para fora 345-Inwards – para dentro 347-There was not much room in the tower – não havia muito espaço na torre 347-Staircase - escadaria 347-Shiny - brilhante 347-Itself – ela mesma

336-Lie (to) – encontrar-se 336-Puzzle (to) – tornar perplexo, embaraçar, atrapalhar 336-puzzled face – cara perplexa 336-Simply - absolutamente 336-Everywhere – em toda a parte 337-Shelter – abrigar, proteger 337-Never mind – não importa, deixe lá isso, não se incomode com isso 338-Undisturbed – calmo, sereno, impassível 338-Turn - voltar 338-Later – mais tarde 338-come along – anda de aí 338-Meal - refeição 340-Rise (to) – erguer, aparecer 340-Yard - pátio 340-Ran (to run) – passar (as suas mãos) 340-Over – por cima de… 340-Smooth – parte lisa, material liso 340-Shining – brilhante, reluzente 340-Fit (to) – adaptar-se, ajustar-se

30

30

and up and up. There was a space at one side of it, into which projected curious hook-like objects made of what 348 looked like steel. Wire ran from one to the other. 349 'Yes. It's lovely,' said Anne. 'But - where is Uncle Quentin? We still haven't found him. I suppose he is on the island.' 350 'Well, his boat was pulled up in the cove,' said George. 'We saw it.' 'Then he must be here somewhere,'.said Dick. 'But 351 he's not in the castle, he's not in the dungeons, he's not in the cave and he's not up here. It's a first-class mystery.' 'The 352 Missing Uncle. Where is he?' said Julian. 'Look, there's poor Aunt Fanny still down there, waiting with the lunch. We'd 353 better go down. She's signaling to us.' 'I should like to,' said Anne. 'It's an awful squash in this tiny glass room. I say - 354 did you feel the tower sway then, when that gust of wind shook it? I'm going down quickly, before the whole thing 355 blows over!' She began to go down the spiral stairs, holding on to a little hand-rail that ran down beside them. The stairs 356 were so steep that she was afraid of falling. She nearly did fall when Timmy pushed his way past her, and disappeared 357 below her at a remarkably fast pace. 358 Soon they were all down at the bottom. Julian locked the door again. 'Not much good locking a door if you leave the 359

355-Shook (to shake) – sacudir, abanar 355-Whole – inteiro, integral, completo, conjunto 355-Thing - coisa 356-blows over! – vá pelos ares 356-Stairs (plural) - escadas 356-Stair - degrau 356-Hold – (to) – segurar-se 356-Hand-rail - corrimão 356-Beside – junto a, perto de 357-Steep - íngreme 357-Fall – (to) – cair, tombar 357-Nearly - quase 357-Push (to) – abrir caminho, empurrar, impelir 357-Past – perto, próximo 358-below her – em baixo dela 358-Remarkably - extraordináriamente 358-Fast – rápido, veloz 358-Pace – andamento, marcha 359-Bottom – base, chão, terra baixa 359-Locked (to lock) – fechar à chave 359-Leave (to) – deixar ficar, abandonar

348-Wound (to wind) – enroscar-se 348-At one side – de um lado 348-Into which projected – onde estavam salientes 348-hook-like – como ganchos, parecido com ganchos 349-Steel - aço 349-Wire - arame 349-Ran (to run) – passar, correr 350-Still - ainda 351-Pull (to) – arrastar 351-Somewhere – em qualquer parte, algures 353-Missing – que falta, desaparecido 354-Signalling (to) - assinalar 354-'I should like to – vamos faze-lo 354-Awful - terrível 354-Squash - aperto 354-Tiny – muito pequeno, minúsculo 355-Sway – oscilar, balançar 355-Then – neste momento, agora 355-When - quando 355-Gust – rajada, rabanada

31

31

key in,' he said. 'Still - I'd better.' They walked over to Aunt Fanny. 'Well, I thought you were never coming!' she said. 360 'Did you see anything interesting up there?' 'Only a lovely view,' said Anne. 'Simply magnificent. But we didn't find 361 Uncle Quentin. It's very mysterious, Aunt Fanny - we really have looked everywhere on the island - but he's just not 362 here.' 'And yet his boat is in the cove,' said Dick. 'So he can't have gone. 363 'Yes, it does sound queer,' said Aunt Fanny, handing round the sandwiches. 'But you don't know your uncle as well as I 364 do. He always turns up all right. He's forgotten I was bringing you, or he would be here. As it is, we may not see him, if 365 he's quite forgotten about your coming. If he remembers, he'll suddenly turn up.' 'But where from?' asked Dick, 366 munching a potted meat sandwich. 'He's done a jolly good disappearing trick, Aunt Fanny.' 'Well, you'll see where he 367 comes from, I've no doubt, when he arrives,' said Aunt Fanny. 'Another sandwich, George? No, not you, Timmy. 368 You've had three already. Oh George, do keep Timmy's head out of that plate.' 'He's hungry too, Mother,' said George. 369 'Well, I've brought dog-biscuits for him,' said her mother. 370 'Oh, Mother! As if Timmy would eat dog biscuits when he can have sandwiches,' said George. 'He only eats dog 371

366-Turn up (to) – aparecer, comparecer, chegar 367-Munch (to) - mastigar 367-Potted – de conserva, carnes frias 367-Meat - carne 367-Jolly - divertido 367-Trick – prestidigitação, truque 367-Disappearing – ocultável, de ocultação 368-Doubt - dúvida 368-Arrive (to) - chegar 369-Plate - prato 370-Brought (to bring) - trazer

360-Key - chave 360-'Still - I'd better – ainda assim é melhor 360-Still - ainda 360-Walk - caminhar 362-Just – justamente, precisamente, exactamente 362-he's just not here – não está realmente aqui 363-Yet – todavia, contudo 363-Gone (to go) – ir-se embora 364-'Yes, it does sound queer – sim, parece esquisito 364-handing round – fazendo passar em volta 364-To hand – passar, dar, entregar (com a mão) 365-All right – óptimo, muito bem 365-Turn up (to) – aparecer, comparecer, chegar 365-Bring (to) - trazer 365-we may not see him – podemos não o ver 366-Quite – completamente, totalmente 366-Suddenly - súbitamente

32

32

biscuits when there's absolutely nothing else and he's so ravenous he can't help eating them.' They sat in the warm 372 April sunshine, eating hungrily. 373 There was orangeade to drink, cool and delicious. Timmy wandered over to a rock-pool he knew, where rain-water 374 collected, and could be heard lapping there. 375 'Hasn't he got a good memory?' said George proudly. 376 'It's ages since he was here - and yet he remembered that pool at once, when he felt thirsty.' 'It's funny Timmy hasn't 377 found Uncle Quentin, isn't it?' said Dick, suddenly. 'I mean -- when we were hunting for him, and got "Warm" you'd 378 think Timmy would bark or scrape about or something. But he didn't.' 'I think it's jolly funny that Father can't be found 379 anywhere,' said George. 'I do really. I can't think how you can take it so calmly, Mother.' 'Well, dear, as I said before, I 380 know your father better than you do,' said her mother. 'He'll turn up in his own good time. Why, I remember once when 381 he was doing some sort of work in the stalactite caves at Cheddar, he disappeared in them for over a week - but he 382 wandered out all right when he had finished his experiments.' 'It's very queer,' began Anne, and then stopped suddenly. 383

377-Yet – ainda, até agora 377-At once - imediatamente 377-Felt (to feel) - sentir 377-Thirsty – sedento, com sede 378-Warm – próximo do objecto 379-Bark - ladrar 379-Scrape (to) – raspar ou arranhar 379-About – próximo, em volta de 379-Funny - engraçado 379-Jolly - divertido 380-Calmly - calmamente 381-Why – porquê?, porque razão? 383-Wander (to) - vaguear 383-All right – óptimo, muito bem 383-Then - então

372-Else - mais 372-Ravenous – faminto, esfomeado 372-can't help – não pode evitar 372-Help – impedir, evitar 372-Warm - quente 373-Sunshine – bom tempo 373-Hungrily – de um modo faminto, ávidamente 374-Orangeade - laranjada 374-Cool - fresco 374-Wander - vaguear 374-Pool – lagoa, charco 374-Rock - rochedo 374-Rain - chuva 375-Collect (to) – reunir, juntar 375-Hear (to) - ouvir 375-Lap (to) – beber lambendo (gatos e cães) 376-Proudly - orgulhosamente 377-Ages – tempos, séculos 377-Since – desde que 377-'It's ages since he was here – faz séculos desde que esteve aqui!!!

33

33

A curious noise came to their ears - a rumbling, grumbling, angry noise, like a giant hidden dog, growling in fury. Then 384 there was a hissing noise from the tower, and all the wires that waved at the top were suddenly lit up as if by lightning. 385 'There now I knew your father was somewhere about,' said George's mother. 'I heard that noise when I was here before -386 - but I couldn't make out where it came from.' 'Where did it come from?' said Dick. 'It sounded almost as if it was 387 underneath us, but it couldn't have been. Gracious, this is most mysterious.' No more noises came. They each helped 388 themselves to buns with jam in the middle. And then Anne gave a squeal that made them all jump violently. 389 'Look! There's Uncle Quentin! Standing over there, near the tower. He's watching the jackdaws! Wherever did he come 390 from?' 391 Chapter Five 392 A MYSTERY 393 EVERYONE stared at Uncle Quentin. There he was, intently watching the jackdaws, his hands in his trousers 394 pockets. He hadn't seen the children or his wife. 395

387-Almost - quase 388-Underneath – por baixo de 388-Us – nos, a nós 388-Gracious - agradável 388-Most – o maior (superl. much e many) 388-Help (to) – server-se de alimentos 389-Jam – compota, geleia 389-Middle - meio 389-with jam in the middle – com compota no meio 389-Squeal – grito agudo 389-Jump (to) – saltar, pular 390-Standing – em pé, de pé 390-Over there – acolá, além 390-Watching - observando 390-Wherever – de que parte 394-Everyone – toda a gente 394-Stare (to) – olhar espantado 394-Intently – com uma atenção forte 394-Watching - observando 394-Trousers - calças 395-Pocket - bolso

384-Ears - ouvidos 384-Rumbling - ribombante 384-Grumbling – resmungão, murmúrio 384-Angry – zangado, encolerizado 384-Giant - gigante 384-Hidden – oculto, invisível 384-Growling - rosnando 384-Growl (to) - rosnar 384-Fury – fúria, raiva 385-Hissing - sibilante 385-Noise – ruído, barulho 385-Wire - arame 385-Wave (to) – ondular, ondear 385-lit up (to light) – iluminaram-se 385-Lightning – raio, relâmpago 386-'There – aí tem, atenção 386-Somewhere - algures 386-About – em volta 386-Hear (to) - ouvir 387-To make out – afirmar, distinguir com clareza 387-Sound (to) - soar

34

34

Timmy leapt to his feet, and gamboled over to George's father. He barked loudly. Uncle Quentin jumped and turned 396 round. He saw Timmy - and then he saw all the others, staring at him in real astonishment. 397 Uncle Quentin did not look particularly pleased to see anyone. He walked slowly over to them, a slight frown on his 398 face. 'This is a surprise,' he said. 'I had no idea you were all coming today.' 'Oh Quentin!' said his wife, reproachfully. 'I 399 wrote it down for you in your diary. You know I did.' 'Did you? Well, I haven't looked at my diary since, so it's no 400 wonder I forgot,' said Uncle Quentin, a little peevishly. He kissed his wife, George and Anne, and shook hands with the 401 boys. 402 'Uncle Quentin - where did you come from?' asked Dick, who was eaten up with curiosity. 'We've looked for you for 403 ages.' 'Oh, I was in my workroom,' said Uncle Quentin, vaguely. 404 'Well, but where's that?' demanded Dick. 'Honestly, Uncle, we can't imagine where you hide yourself. We even went up 405 the tower to see if you were in that funny glass room at the top.' 'What!' exploded his uncle, in a sudden surprising fury. 406 'You dared to go up there? You might have been in great danger. I've just finished an experiment, and all those wires in 407

403-Looked - procurámos 404-Ages – imenso tempo 404-Vaguely - vagamente 405-Hide (to) - esconder 405-Yourself – a si, você mesmo 406-Funny - engraçado 406-Sudden - súbita 406-Surprising – surpreendente 406-Fury - fúria 407-Dared (to dare) – atreveram-se, ousaram 407-You might have been – vocês podiam ter estado

396-Leap (to) - saltar 396-Feet (sing. foot) - patas 396-Gambol (to) – cabriolar, brincar 396-Bark (to) – ladrar 396-Loudly – ruidosamente 396-Jump (to) – saltar 397-Stare (to) – olhar espantado 397-Astonishment – espanto, admiração, assombro 398-Look - parecia 398-Anyone - alguém 398-Walk (to) - caminhar 398-Slight (to) – fazer pouco caso de, desdenhar 398-Frown – olhar severo, carrancudo 399-Reproachfully - reprovadoramente 400-Wrote (to write) - escrevi 400-Since – desde essa altura 401-Wonder – surpresa, admiração 401-Peevishly - rabugentamente 401-Shook (to shake) – apertou a mão aos rapazes 403-Eaten up (to eat up) – devorado de curiosidade

35

35

there were connected with it.' 'Yes, we saw them acting a bit queerly,' said Julian. 408 'You've no business to come over here, and interfere with my work,' said his uncle, still looking furious. 'How did you 409 get into that tower? I locked it.' 'Yes, it was locked all right,' said Julian. 'But you left the key in, you see, Uncle - so I 410 thought it wouldn't matter if...' 'Oh, that's where the key is, is it?' said his uncle. 'I thought I'd lost it. Well, don't you ever 411 go into that tower again. I tell you, it's dangerous.' 'Uncle Quentin, you haven't told us yet where your workroom is,' 412 said Dick, who was quite determined to know. 'We can't imagine 'where you suddenly came from.' 'I told them you 413 would turn up, Quentin,' said his wife. 'You look a bit thin, dear. Have you been having regular meals. You know, I left 414 you plenty of good soup to heat up.' 'Did you?' said her husband. 'Well, I don't know if I've had it or not. I don't worry 415 about meals when I'm working. I'll have some of those sandwiches now, though, if nobody else wants them.' He began 416 to devour the sandwiches, one after another as if he was ravenous. Aunt Fanny watched him in distress. 417 'Oh Quentin - you're starving. I shall' come over here and stay and look after you!' Her husband looked alarmed. 'Oh no! 418 Nobody is to come here. I can't have my work interfered with. I'm working on an extremely important discovery.' 'Is it a 419

414-a bit thin – um bocado magro 414-Leave (to) – deixar ficar 415-Plenty - abundância 415-Soup - sopa 415-Heat (to) – aquecer, esquentar 415-Husband - marido 415-Worry (to) – importunar, afligir-se, preocupar-se 416-Those (that) - essas 416-Though – posto que, contudo 417-Devour - devorar 417-Ravenous – faminto, esfomeado 417-Watch (to) - observar 417-Distress – aflição, angústia 418-Starving – a morrer de fome 418-I shall' come over here and stay and look after you! – venho viver para aqui para olhar por ti

408- A bit – um bocado 408-Queerly – de uma maneira estranha 409-Business – ocupação, assunto 409-come over here – venha aqui! 409-Interfere (to) - interferir 410-'How did you get into that tower? – como conseguiram entrar para dentro da torre? 410-Locked (to lock) – fechei-a à chave 410-All right – muito bem, está bem 410-Left (to leave) – deixou ficar 411-Matter (to) – importar, ter importância 411-Key - chave 411-Lost it (to lose) – perdi-a 411-Ever - jamais 412-Yet - ainda 414-To turn up – aparecer, comparecer, chegar 414-Thin – magro, franzino

36

36

discovery that nobody else knows about?' asked Anne, her eyes wide with admiration. How clever Uncle Quentin 420 was! 'Well - I'm not sure about that,' said Uncle Quentin, taking two sandwiches at once. 'That's partly why I came over 421 here - besides the fact that I wanted water round me and above me. I have a feeling that somebody knows a bit more 422 than I want them to know. But there's one thing - they can't come here unless they're shown the way through all those 423 rocks that lie round the island. Only a few of the fishermen know that, and they've been given orders not to bring 424 anyone here at all. I think you're the only other person that knows the way, George. 425 'Uncle Quentin - please do tell us where your workroom is,' begged Dick, feeling that he could not wait a single 426 moment more to solve the mystery. 427 'Don't keep bothering your uncle,' said his aunt, annoyingly. 'Let him eat his lunch. He can't have had anything forages!' 428 'Yes, but Aunt Fanny, I' began Dick, and was interrupted by his uncle. 429 'You obey your aunt, young man. I don't want to be pestered by any of you. What does it matter where I work?' 'Oh, it 430 doesn't really matter a bit, sir,' said Dick, hurriedly. 'It's only that I'm awfully curious to know. You see, we looked for 431

420-Wide - arregalados 421-Partly – em parte 422-Besides – além de 422-Above – por cima de 423-Unless – a não ser que 423-Shown (to) - mostrar 426-Through – através de, pelo meio de 424-Lie (to) – encontrar-se 425-At all - absolutamente 426-Begged (to beg) – pedir, suplicar 427-Solve (to) – resolver, solucionar 428-Bother (to) - aborrecer 428-Annoyingly – aborrecida, de maneira incómoda 428-Forages (for ages) – há que tempos 430-Obey (to) - obedecer 430-Pester (to) – incomodar, importunar 430-Any – qualquer, algum 430-Matter (to) – importar, ter importância 431-Hurriedly – apressadamente, precipitadamente, a toda a pressa 431-Awfully - terrívelmente 431-We looked for you simply everywhere – procurámos por si absolutamente em todos os sítios

37

37

you simply everywhere.' 'Well, you're not quite so clever as you thought you were then,' said Uncle Quentin, and 432 reached for a jammy bun. 'George, take this dog of yours away from me. He keeps breathing down my neck, hoping I 433 shall give him a tit-bit. I don't approve of tit-bits at meal-times.' George pulled Timmy away. Her mother watched her 434 father gobbling up the rest of the food. Most of the sandwiches she had saved for tea-time had gone already. Poor 435 Quentin! How very hungry he must be. 436 'Quentin, you don't think there's any danger for you here, do you?' she said. 'I mean - you don't think anyone would try 437 to come spying on you, as they did once before?' 'No. How could they?' said her husband. 'No plane can land on this 438 island. No boat can get through the rocks unless the way through is known, and the sea's too rough round the rocks for 439 any swimmer.' 'Julian, see if you can make him promise to signal to me night and morning,' said Aunt Fanny, turning to 440 her nephew. 'I feel worried about him somehow.' Julian tackled his uncle manfully. 'Uncle, it wouldn't be too much of a 441 bother to you to signal to Aunt Fanny twice a day, would it?' 'If you don't, Quentin, I shall come over every single day 442 to see you,' said his wife. 443

438-Before – antes, anteriormente 438-Plane - aeroplano 438-Land – aterrar, desembarcar 439-Through – através de 439-Unless – a não ser que, excepto quando 439-The way through is known – o caminho (através) seja conhecido 439-Rough (adj.) – encapelado 440-Swimmer - nadador 441-Nephew - sobrinho 441-Worried - aflita 441-Somehow – seja como for, de uma maneira ou de outra 441-Tackle (to) – enfrentar, agarrar 441-Uncle - tio 441-Manfully - corajosamente 441-Too much - demasiado 442-Bother - aborrecimento 442-Twice – duas vezes 442-I shall come over – virei aqui 442-Every single day – todos os dias

432-Simply - absolutamente 432-you're not quite so clever as you thought you were then – vocês não são tão espertos como pensavam que eram, então 433-Reach (to) - agarrar 433-Jammy (adjectivo) – (que é) doce 433-Bun – bolo de leite com uvas passas 433-Of yours – teu (cão) 433-Away – para longe 433-Breathe (to) - respirar 433-Down – de cima para baixo 433-Neck - pescoço 433-Hope (to) - esperar 434-Tit-bit – migalha bit – bocado 434-Pull (to) - arrastar 434-Away – para longe 434-Watch (to) - observar 435-Gobble (to) – comer vorazmente, devorar 435-Food - comida 435-Save (to) - guardar 435-Already - já 438-Spying (to spy) - espiar 438-Once – uma vez, outrora

37

38

38

'And we might come too,' said Anne, mischievously. Her uncle looked most dismayed at the idea. 444 'Well, I could signal in the morning and in the evening when I go up to the top of the tower,' he said. 'I have to go up 445 once every twelve hours to re-adjust the wires. I'll signal then. Half past ten in the morning, and half past ten at night.' 446 'How will you signal?' asked Julian. 'Will you flash with a mirror in the morning?' 'Yes - that would be quite a good 447 idea,' said his uncle. 'I could do that easily. And I'll use a lantern at night. I'll shine it out six times at half past ten. Then 448 perhaps you'll all know I'm all right and will leave me alone! But don't look for the signal tonight. I'll start tomorrow 449 morning.' 'Oh Quentin dear, you do sound cross,' said his wife. 'I don't like you being all-alone here, that's all. You look 450 thin and tired. I'm sure you're not...' Uncle Quentin put on a scowl exactly like George sometimes put on. He looked at 451 his wristwatch. 'Well,' I must go,' he said. 'Time to get to work again. I'll see you to your boat.' 'We're going to stay to 452 tea here, Father,' said George. 453 'No, I'd rather you didn't', said her father getting up. 'Come on -- I'll take you to your boat.' 'But Father - I haven't been 454 on my island for ages!' said George, indignantly. 'I want to stay here a bit longer. I don't see why I shouldn't.' 'Well, I've 455

455-Indignantly - indignadamente 455-Bit longer – pedaço comprido

444-'And we might come too – e nós também podemos vir 444-Mischievously - maliciosamente 444-Dismayed (to dismay) - assustado 445-Evening – noitinha, espaço de tempo entre o pôr do sol e a hora de deitar 446-Twelve - doze 446-Half past ten – dez e meia 448-Shine (to) – brilhar, reluzir 449-Alone - sózinho 449-Start (to) - começar 450-Sound (to) - parecer 450-Cross (adj.) - zangado 450-Wife - esposa 451-Thin - magro 451-Tired - cansado 451-I'm sure you're not...' – tenho a certeza que não… 452-Wristwatch – relógio de pulso 452-Wrist – pulso, punho 452-See (to) - acompanhar 454-Rather – de preferência 455-for ages! – há que tempos

39

39

had enough interruption to my work,' said her father. 'I want to get on.' 'We shan't disturb you, Uncle Quentin,' said 456 Dick, who was still terribly curious to know where his uncle had his workroom. Why wouldn't he tell them? Was he just 457 being annoying? Or didn't he want them to know? 458 Uncle Quentin led them all firmly towards the little cove. It was plain that he meant them to go and to go quickly. 459 'When shall we come over and see you again, Quentin?' asked his wife. 460 'Not till I say so,' said her husband. 'It won't take me long now to finish what I'm on. My word, that dog's got a rabbit at 461 last!' 'Oh Timmy!' yelled George, in distress. Timmy dropped the rabbit he had actually managed to grab. It scampered 462 away unhurt. Timmy came to his mistress looking very sheepish. 463 'You're a very bad dog. Just because I took my eye off you for half a second! No, it's no good licking my hand like that. 464 I'm cross.' They all came to the boat. 'I'll push her off,' said Julian. 'Get in, all of you. Well, good-bye, Uncle Quentin. I 465 hope your work goes well.' Everyone got into the boat. Timmy tried to put his head on George's knee, but she pushed it 466 away. 467

462-Actually – na realidade, efectivamente 462-Manage (to) – conseguir, dominar 462-Grab (to) – apanhar 462-Scampered (to scamper) – corer rápidamente 463-Away – para longe 463-Unhurt – sem ferimentos, ileso 463-Sheepish (adj.) – envergonhado, tímido 464-Lick (to) - lamber 465-Cross (adj.) - zangado 466-Push (to) - empurrar 467-Away – para longe

456-Enough - bastante 456-'I want to get on – quero recomeçar 458-Annoying – a aborrecer 459-Led (to lead) – conduziu-os 459-Firmly – com firmeza 459-Cove – angra, enseada 459-Plain (adj.) – evidente, óbvio 459-Mean (to) – destinar, querer, decidir 461-Till - até 461-'Not till I say – não até eu dizer 461-'It won't take me long now to finish what I'm on – não me levará muito tempo a acabar o meu trabalho 461-My Word – acreditem! 461-At last – finalmente, por fim 462-Distress – aflição, angústia 462-Drop (to) – deixar cair, abandonar

40

40

'Oh, be kind to him and forgive him,' begged Anne. 'He looks as if he's going to cry.' 'Are you ready?' cried Julian. 468 'Got the oars, George? Dick, take the other pair." He shoved the boat off and leapt in himself. He cupped his hands 469 round his mouth. 'Don't forget to signal, sir! We'll be watching out morning and evening!' 'And if you forget, I shall 470 come over the very next day!' called his wife. 471 The boat slid away down the little inlet of water, and Uncle Quentin was lost to sight. Then round the low wall of rocks 472 went the boat, and was soon on the open sea. 473 'Ju, watch and see if you can make out where Uncle Quentin is, when we're round these rocks,' said Dick. 474 'See what direction he goes in. 475 Julian tried to see his uncle, but the rocks just there hid the cove from sight, and there was no sign of him at all. 476 'Why didn't he want us to stay? Because he didn't want us to know his hiding-place!' said Dick 'And why doesn't he 477 want us to know? Because it's somewhere we don't know, either!' 'But I thought we knew every single corner of my 478 island,' said George. 'I think it's mean of Father not to tell me, if it's somewhere I don't know. I can't think where it can 479

476-Sign - sinal 477-hiding-place – lugar de refúgio, esconderijo 478-Either – tão pouco, um de dois 478-Corner – canto, lugar afastado 479-Mean (adj.) – mesquinho, maldoso 479-Somewhere - algures

468-Kind (adj.) – amável, simpático 468-Forgive (to) – perdoar, desculpar 468-Begged (to beg) - pediu, suplicou 468-Cry (to) – latir, chorar, gritar 468-Cried julian – gritou o júlio 469-Oar - remo 469-Pair - par 469-Leap (to) – pular, saltar 469-Cupped (to cup) – pôr as mãos em concha 471-Very (adj.) – naquele momento, logo, imediatamente 471-Call (to) - gritar 472-Slid (to) - deslizar 472-Away – para longe 472-Inlet - enseada 472-Lost (to lose) – perdeu-se de vista 472-Sight (to) – avistar, ver 472-Low – má, perigosa 474-To make out – distinguir com clareza, perceber 476-Hid (to hide) – esconder, ocultar 476-Sight (to) – avistar, ver 476-At all - absolutamente

41

41

be!' Timmy put his head on her knee again. George was so absorbed in trying to think where her father's hiding-place 480 could be that she absent-mindedly stroked Timmy's head. He was almost beside himself with delight. He licked her 481 knees lovingly. 482 'Oh Timmy - I didn't mean to pet you for ages,' said George. 'Stop licking my knees. You make them feel wet and 483 horrid. Dick, it's very mysterious, isn't it - where can Father be hiding?' 'I can't imagine,' said Dick. He looked back at 484 the island. A cloud of jackdaws rose up into the air calling loudly, 'Chack, chack, chack!' The boy watched them. What 485 had disturbed them? Was it Uncle Quentin? Perhaps his hiding-place was somewhere about that old tower then', the one 486 the jackdaws nested in? On the other hand, the jackdaws often rose into the air together for no reason at all. 487 'Those jackdaws are making a bit of fuss,' he said. 'Perhaps Uncle's hiding-place is not far from where they roost 488 together, by that tower.' 'Can't be,' said Julian. 'We went all round there today.' 'Well, it's a mystery,' said George, 489 gloomily, 'and I think it's horrible having a mystery about my very own island - and to be forbidden to go to it, and 490 solve it. It's really too bad!' • 491

487-Often – muitas vezes, com muita frequência, frequentemente 487-Rise (to) – elevar-se 487-Together – em grupo 487-At all - absolutamente 488-Bit - bocado 488-Fuss – barulho, rebuliço, espalhafato 488-Far – longe, distante 488-Roost (to) – empoleirar-se 489-Together – em grupo 489-by that tower – naquela torre 490-Gloomily - sombriamente 490-Horrible (adj.) – horrível, terrível 490-Forbidden (to forbid) - proibir, não permitir 491-Solve (to) – solucionar 491-Too - demasiado 491-Bad – mau, desagradável

481-Absent (adj.) - abstracto 481-absent-mindedly - distraidamente 481-Strok (to) – acariciar, afagar 481-Almost - quase 481-was almost beside himself – ele estava quase fora de si 481-Delight – prazer, alegria 481-Lick (to) - lamber 482-Loving(ly) – amorosamente, afectuosamente 483-Mean (to) - querer 483-Pet (to) – acarinhar, afagar 483-Ages – muito tempo 483-Wet (adj.) – molhados, encharcados 484-Horrid (adj.) – horrível 484-Hiding (to hide) – Escondido 485-Cloud (s.) – núvem, multidão 485-Rise (to) – elevar-se 485-Call (to) – gritar, chamar 485-Loudly (adv.) - ruidosamente 485-Watch (to) - observar 487-Nest (to) – fazer o ninho 487-On the other hand – por outro lado

42

42

Chapter Six 492 UP ON THE CLIFF 493 THE next day was rainy. The four children put on their macintoshes and sou'-westers and went out for a walk with 494 Timmy. They never minded the weather. In fact Julian said that he really liked the feel of the wind and rain buffeting 495 against his face. 496 'We forgot that Uncle Quentin couldn't flash to us if the weather wasn't sunny!' said Dick. 'Do you suppose he'll find 497 some way to signal instead?' 'No,' said George. 'He just won't bother. He thinks we're awful fussers anyway, I'm sure. 498 We'll have to watch at half past ten tonight to see if he signals.' 'I say! Shall I be able to stay up till then?' said Anne, 499 pleased. 500 'I shouldn't think so,' said Dick. 'I expect Julian and I will stay up - but you kids will have to buzz off to bed!' George 501 gave him a punch. 'Don't call us "kids"! I'm almost as tall as you are now.' 'It's not much use waiting about till half past 502 ten now to see if Uncle signals to us in any way, is it?' said Anne. 'Let's go up on the cliff - it'll be lovely and blowy. 503

498-Awful (adj.) - terrível 498-Fussers – espalhafatosos, desastrados, trapalhões 498-Anyway – de qualquer modo 498-To be sure – ter a certeza 499-Watch (to) - vigiar 499-Signal (to) – fazer sinal, sinalizar 499-Till (prep.) - até 499-Then – essa altura, então 499-To stay up – ficar a pé, não se deitar 500-Pleased – contente, satisfeito 501-'I shouldn't think so – creio que não 501-Expect (to) – esperar, contar com 501-Kid – criança, miúdo 501-To buzz off - adormecer 501-Bed - cama 502-Punch (s.) – soco, murro 502-Tall (adj.) – alto 502-Much - muito 502-Use - útil 503-Any way – em qualquer caso 503-Cliff – penhasco, falésia 503-Blowy - ventoso

493-CLIFF - rochedo 493-UP ON THE CLIFF – um passeio nos rochedos 494-Next - seguinte 494-Rainy - chuvoso 494-Macintoshes - gabardines 494-sou'-westers – chapéus de borracha 494-Walk – passeio ou excursão a pé 495-Mind (to) – importar-se com 495-Weather – tempo atmosférico 495-In fact – de facto 495-Feel (s.) – sentir (tacto) 495-Rain - chuva 495-Buffeting (to buffet) – batendo fortemente 496-Against (prep.) - contra 497-Flash (to) - sinalizar 497-Weather – tempo atmosférico 497-Sunny – cheio de sol, soalheiro 497-Find (to) – encontrar, achar 498-Way (s.) – processo, maneira 498-Signal (to) – fazer sinal, sinalizar 498-Instead (adv.) – (sinal) novo, como alternativa 498-Bother (to) - aborrecer

43

43

Timmy will like that. I love to see him racing along in the wind, with his ears blown back straight!' 'Woof,' said Timmy. 504 'He says he likes to see you with yours blown back too,' said Julian, gravely. Anne gave a squeal of laughter. 505 'You really are an idiot, Ju! Come on - let's take the cliff-path!' They went up the cliff. At the top it was very windy 506 indeed. Anne's sou'-wester was blown to the back of her head. The rain stung their' cheeks and made them gasp. 507 'I should think we must be about the only people out this morning!' gasped George. 508 'Well, you're wrong,' said Julian. 'There are two people coming towards us!' So there were. They were a man and a boy, 509 both well wrapped up in macintoshes and sou'-westers. Like the children, they too wore high rubber boots. 510 The children took a look at them as they passed. The man was tall and well built, with shaggy eyebrows and a 511 determined mouth. The boy was about sixteen, also tall and well built. He was not a bad-looking boy, but he had rather 512 a sullen expression. 513 'Good morning,' said the man, and nodded. 'Good morning,' chorused the children, politely. The man looked them over 514 keenly, and then he and the boy went on.' 'Wonder who they are?' said George. 'Mother didn't say there were any new 515

511-Wrap (to) - agasalhar 511-Macintoshes - gabardines 511-sou'-westers – chapéus de borracha 511-high rubber boots – botas de borracha de cano alto 512-The children took a look at them as they passed – as crianças examinaram-nos quando eles passaram 512-Built (to build) – construer, constituído 512-Shaggy – hirsuto, desgrenhado, cabeludo 512-Brow - sobrancelha 512-shaggy eyebrows – sobrancelhas espessas 513-Determine (to) - determinar 513-Mouth (s) - boca 513-was about sixteen – tinha por volta de 16 anos 513-Also (adv) - também 513-bad-looking - feio 514-Sullen – triste, lúgubre, sombrio 514-Rather (adv) – bastante, muito 515-Nod (to) – acenar com a cabeça em cumprimento ou assentimento 515-Chorus (to) – responder ou cantar em coro 515-Politely (adv) - educadamente 515-Look Over – observar minuciosamente

504-Racing – correndo depressa 504-Along - com 504-Ears - orelhas 504-Blown – voando pelos ares 504-Back – para trás 504-Straight – esticadas, erectas 506-'He says he likes to see you with yours blown back too – ele diz que ele gosta de ver-te com as costas a esvoaçar 506-Gravely – gravemente, solenemente 506-Squeal - grito 506-Laughter (s) - riso 507-cliff-path – vereda dos rochedos 507-went up the cliff – subiram os rochedos 507-Windy (adj) - ventoso 508-Indeed – na realidade 508-sou'-wester – chapéu de borracha 508-Stung (to sting) - feria 508-Cheeks - bochechas 508-Gasp (to) – respirar com dificuldade, arfar, grito abafado 509-Gasped – arfou, disse com dificuldades 510-So there were – era verdade, realmente lá estavam

43

44

44

people here.' 'Just walked over from the next village, I expect,' said Dick. 516 They went on for some way. 'We'll walk to the coastguard's cottage and then go back,' said Julian. 'Hie, Tim, don't go so 517 near the cliff!' The coastguard lived in a little whitewashed cottage on the cliff, facing the sea. Two other cottages stood 518 beside it, also whitewashed. The children knew the coastguard well. He was a red-faced, barrel-shaped man, fond of 519 joking. 520 He was nowhere to be seen when they came to his cottage. Then they heard his enormous voice singing a sea-shanty in 521 the little shed behind. They went to find him. 522 'Hallo, coastguard,' said Anne. 523 He looked up and grinned at the children. He was busy making something. 'Halo to you!' he said. 'So you're back again 524 are you? Bad pennies, the lot of you -- always turning up when you're not wanted!' 'What are you making?' asked Anne. 525 'A windmill for my young grandson,' said the coastguard, showing it to Anne. He was very clever at making toys. 526 'Oh, it's lovely,' said Anne, taking it in her hands. 'Does the windmill part go round -- oh yes -- it's super, coastguard!' 527

520-barrel-shaped – gordo, entroncado 520-Fond (adj) – amigo, apreciador 521-Joking (s) – gracejo, piada 522-Nowhere – em parte alguma 522-Shanty – canção de bordo 523-Shed – alpendre, telheiro 523-Behind – atrás, nas traseiras 523-Find – encontrar, descobrir 525-Grin – sorriso largo 526-Bad pennies – grandes mariolas 526-Lot (s) - todos 526-always turning up when you're not wanted – sempre a aparecerem quando não são precisos 527-Windmill – moinho de vento 527-Young Grandson – neto mais novo

516-Keenly – intensamente, demoradamente 516-Wonder (to) – interrogar-me 517-Just – apenas, simplesmente 517-walked over - vieram 517-Expect (to) - supor 518-They went on for some way – continuaram a caminhar 518-Walk (to) - caminhar 519-Cliff - falésia 519-Whitewashed - camada branca de tinta 519-Facing – voltada para o mar 519-Cottage - vivenda 520-stood beside – estavam próximas 520-red-faced – faces vermelhas 520-Barrel – casco, barril 520-Shape – forma, configuração

45

45

'I've been making quite a bit of money out of my toys,' said the old fellow, proudly. 'I've got some new neighbours in 528 the next cottage - man and a boy - and the man's been buying all the toys I make. Seems to have a lot of nephews and 529 nieces! He gives me good prices too.' 'Oh - would that be the man and the boy we met, I wonder?' said Dick. 'Both tall, 530 and well built - and the man had shaggy eyebrows.' 'That's right,' said the coastguard, trimming a bit of his windmill. 531 'Mr. Curton and his son. They came here some weeks ago. You ought to get to know the son, Master Julian. He's about 532 your age, I should think. Must be pretty lonely for him up here?' 'Doesn't he go to any school?' asked Julian. 533 'No. He's been ill, so his father said. Got to have plenty of sea-air and that sort of thing. Not a bad sort of boy. 534 Comes and helps me with my toys sometimes. And he likes to mess about with my telescope.' 'I do too,' said George. 'I 535 love looking through your telescope. Can I look through now? I'd like to see if I can spot Kirrin Island.' 'Well, you won't 536 see much this weather,' said the coast guard. 'You wait a few minutes. See that break in the clouds? Well, it'll clear in a 537 few minutes, and you'll be able to see your island easily. That's a funny thing your father's built there, Miss. Part of his 538 work, I suppose.' 'Yes,' said George. 'Oh Timmy - look what he's done, coastguard - he's upset that tin of paint. Bad boy, 539

534-Lonely – solitário, sózinho 535-Ill - doente 535-Sort - espécie 536-Mess (to) - pôr em desordem, manejar 537-Spot (to) – reconhecer, distinguir 538-Break - aberta 538-Clouds - núvens 538-Clear – sem núvens

528-go round – rodar, girar 529-Quite - muito 529-Bit – bocado, pedaço 529-out of my toys – com a saída dos meus brinquedos (venda) 529-Fellow - companheiro 529-Old fellow - velhote 529-Proudly - orgulhosamente 529-Neighbour (s) - vizinho 530-Nephew - sobrinho 531-Niece - sobrinha 531-I wonder – eu suponho 531-Both – ambos, os dois 532-shaggy eyebrows – sobrancelhas muito espessas 532-'That's right – são esses mesmos 532-Trimming - retocando 533-Ago – anterior, atrás 533-Ought (to) - dever 534-Pretty - bastante

46

46

Timmy!' 'It's not my tin,' said the coastguard. 'It's a tin belonging to that young fellow next door. I told you he comes 540 in to help me sometimes. He brought in that tin to help paint a little dolls' house I made for his father.' 'Oh dear,' said 541 George, in dismay. 'Do you think he'll be cross when he knows Timmy spilt it?' 'Shouldn't think so,' said the coastguard. 542 'He's a queer boy though - quiet and a bit sulky. Not a bad boy, but doesn't seem very friendly like.' George tried to clear 543 up the mess of paint. Timmy had some on his paws, and made a little pattern of green paw-marks as he pattered about 544 the shed. 545 'I'll tell the boy I'm sorry, if I meet him on the way back,' she said. 'Timmy, if you dare to go near any more tins of paint 546 you shan't sleep on my bed tonight.' 547 'The weather's a bit clearer now,' said Dick. 'Can we have a squint through the telescope, coastguard?' 'Let me see my 548 island first,' said George at once. She tilted the telescope in the direction of Kirrin Island. Slit looked through it 549 earnestly, and a smile came over her face. 550 'Yes, I can see it clearly. There's the tower Father has had built. I can even see the glass room quite clearly, and there's 551

545-Pattered (to pattern) – decorar, modelar, ornamentar 546-Shed – alpendre, telheiro 547-Tell - dizer 547-Meet (to) - encontar 547-Dare (to) – ousar, atrever-se 547-Near - perto 547-tins of paint – latas de tinta 549-Squint - olhadela 550-Tilt (to) - virar 550-Slit - abertura 551-Earnestly – sériamente, com atenção 551-Smile - sorriso

540-Tin – lata (de tinta) 540-Upset – tombo, viramento 540-Paint – tinta para pintar 541-Belong (to) – pertencer a 541-Door - porta 542-Doll – boneco, boneca 542-'Oh dear me – valha-me Deus 543-Cross - zangado 543-Spilt (to) – derramar líquido 544-Queer - esquisito 544-Though – se bem que 544-Quiet - sossegado 544-Sulky - tristonho 544-Bit - bocado 544-Friendly - amistoso 544-Clear (to) - limpar 545-Mess - confusão 545-Paint - tinta 545-Paw – pata de animal 545-Pattern – modelo, molde 545-Green - verde

47

47

nobody in it. No sign of Father anywhere.' Everyone had a turn at looking through the telescope. It was fascinating to 552 see the island appearing so close. On a clear day it would be even easier to see all the details. 'I can see a rabbit 553 scampering,' said Anne, when her turn came. 554 'Don't you let that dog of yours squint through the telescope then,' said the coastguard at once. 'He'll try to get down it 555 after that rabbit!' Timmy cocked his ears up at the mention of the word rabbit. He looked all round and sniffed. No, 556 there was no rabbit. Then why did people mention them? 557 'We'd better go now,' said Julian. 'We'll be up here again sometime, and we'll come and see what toys you've done. 558 Thanks for letting us look through the telescope.' 'You're welcome!' said the old fellow. 'You're not likely to wear it out 559 through looking! Come along any time you want to use it.' They said good-bye and went off, Timmy capering round 560 them. 'Couldn't we see Kirrin Island well!' said Anne. 'I wished I could see where your father was, George. Wouldn't it 561 be fun if we spotted him just coming out of his hiding-place?' The four children had discussed this problem a good deal 562 since they had left the island. It puzzled them very much indeed. How did it happen that George's father knew a hiding-563

554-Appear (to) - aparecer 554-Close (adj e adv) – próximo, de perto 554-Easier – mais fácil 555-Scampering – corer rápido 556-Squint - olhar 556-Then - agora 556-down it – através dele 557-After – atrás de 557-Cock (to) - erguer 560-Let (to) – deixar, permitir 560-old fellow - velhote 560-Wear (to) – usar, desgastar, gastar 561-Through – devido a, durante 560-'You're not likely to wear it out through looking – não se gasta só por olharem 561-Come along – anda de aí! Venham de aí! 561-Caper (to) - cabriolar 562-'Couldn't we see Kirrin Island well! – não podíamos ver a ilha kirrin tão bem 562-Wish (to) - desejar 563-Spot (to) – distinguir, descobrir 563-a good deal - muito

48

48

place that they didn't know? Why, they had been over every inch of the island! It must be quite a big hiding-place 564 too, if he had got all his stuff for his experiments with him. According to George's mother, there had been quite a lot of 565 this, to say nothing of stores of food. 566 'If Father knew a place I didn't know, and never told me about it, I think he's jolly mean,' George said half a dozen 567 times. 'I do really. It's my island!' 'Well, he'll probably tell you when he's finished the work he's on,' said Julian. 'Then 568 you'll know. We can all go and explore it then, wherever it is.' After they left the coastguard's cottage, they turned their 569 steps home. They made their way along the cliff, and then saw the boy they had met before. He was standing on the 570 path looking out 'to sea. The man was not with him. 571 He turned as they came up arid gave them a pale kind of smile. 'Hallo! Been up to see the coastguard?' 'Yes,' said Julian. 572 'Nice old fellow, isn't he?' 'I say,' said George, 'I'm so sorry, but my dog upset a tin of green paint, and the coastguard 573 said it was yours. Can I pay you for it, please?' 'Goodness, no!' said the boy. 'I don't mind. There Wasn't much of it left 574 anyway. That's a nice dog of yours.' 'Yes, he is,' said George, warmly. 'Best dog in the world. I've had him for years, but 575

564-Puzzle (to) – embaraçar, confundir 564-Happen (to) - acontecer 565-over every – sobre todas 565-Inch - polegada 565-they had been over every inch of the island – já tinham estado em todos os lugares da ilha 566-According - segundo 566-to say nothing of stores of food. – não falando em provisões de comida 568-Jolly - muito 568-Mean (adj) – maldoso, ruim 570-Wherever – onde quer que 571-Steps - passos 570-Turn (to) – girar, virar, voltar 571-Met (passado de to meet) - encontraram 571-Standing (adj) – de pé 572-Path (s) - caminho 573-Arid – sem interesse 573-Pale – leve, apagado

49

49

he's still as young as ever. Do you like dogs?' 'Oh yes,' 'said the boy, but he made no move to pat Timmy or fuss him, as 576 most people did. And Timmy did not run round the boy and sniff at him as he usually did when he met anyone new. He 577 just stood by George, his tail neither up nor down. 578 'That's an interesting little island,' said the boy, pointing to Kirrin. 'I wish I could go there.' 'It's my island,' said George, 579 proudly. 'My very own.' 'Really?' said the boy, politely. 'Could you let me go over one day then?' 'Well - not just at 580 present,' said George. 'You see, my father's there working - he's a scientist.' 'Really?' said the boy again. 'Er - has he got 581 some new experiment on hand, then?' 'Yes,' said George. 582 'Ah - and that queer tower is something to do with it, I suppose,' said the boy, looking interested for the first time. 583 'When will his experiment be finished?' 'What's that to do with you?' said Dick, suddenly. The others stared at him in 584 surprise. Dick sounded rather rude, and it was not like him. 585 'Oh nothing!' said the boy, hastily. 'I only thought that if his work will, soon be finished, perhaps your brother would 586 take me over to his island!' George couldn't help feeling pleased. This boy though she was a boy! George was always 587

576-Anyway – de qualquer maneira, de qualquer modo 576-Warmly - vivamente 577-Still (adv) - ainda 577-Ever - sempre 577-Pat – palmadinha, afago 577-Fuss (to) - importunar 579-Stood (to stand) – manter-se perto de 579-Tail - cauda 579-neither up nor down – nem para cima, nem para baixo 580-Wish (to) - desejar 581-Proudly - orgulhosamente 581-Politely - polidamente 583-Hand - mão 585-'What's that to do with you? – que é que isso tem a ver consigo? 585-Stare (to) – olhar espantado 586-Sound (to) - parecer 586-Rude - rude 587-Hastily - apressadamente

50

50

gracious to people who made the mistake of thinking she was a boy. 588 'Of course I'll take you!' she said. 'It shouldn't be long before I do - the experiment is nearly done.' 589 Chapter Seven 590 A LITTLE SQUABBLE 591 A sound made them turn. It was the boy's father coming up. He nodded to the children. 'Making friends?' he said, 592 amiably. 'That's right. My boy's pretty lonely here. I hope you'll come up and see 'us some time. Finished your 593 conversations son?' 'Yes,' said the boy. 'This boy here says that island is his, and 'he's going to take me over it when his 594 father has finished his work there -- and that won't be long.' 'And do you know the way through all those wicked rocks?' 595 said the man. 'I shouldn't care to try it. I 'was talking to the fishermen the other day, and not one of them appeared to 596 know the way!' This was rather astonishing. Some of the fishermen did know it. Then the children remembered that the 597 men had all been forbidden to take anyone to the island while Uncle Quentin was at work there. It was clear that they 598 had pretended not to know the way in loyalty to their orders. 599

588-couldn't help – não podia evitar 588-Pleased – contente, satisfeito 590-Before - antes 590-Nearly - quase 592-Squable - discussão 593-A sound made them turn – um ruído fê-los virar-se 593-Nod (to) - cumprimentar 594-Pretty - bastante 594-Lonely – solitário, só 596-Wicked – malvadas, perigosas 597-Care (to) - importar-se 597-Appear (to) - parecer 598-Astonishing – surpreendente, espantoso

51

51

'Did you want to go to the island then?' asked Dick, suddenly. 600 'Oh no! But my boy here would love to go,' said the man. 'I don't want to be seasick,' bobbing up and down in those 601 waves near the island. I'm a poor sailor. I never go on the sea if I can help it!' 'Well, we must go,' said Julian. 'We've got 602 to do some shopping for my aunt. Good-bye!' 'Come and see us as soon as you can,' said the man. 'I've a fine television 603 set that Martin here would like to show you. Any afternoon you like'!' 'Oh thanks!' said George. She seldom saw 604 television. We'll come!' 'They parted, and the four children and Timmy went on down the cliff-path. 605 'Whatever made you sound so rude, Dick?' said George. 'The way you said "What's that to do with you?" sounded quite 606 insulting.' 'Well -- I just felt suspicious, that's all,' said Dick. 'That boy seemed to be so jolly interested in the island and 607 in your father's work, and when it would be finished.' 'Why shouldn't he be?' demanded George. 'Everyone in the village 608 is interested. They all know about the tower and all the boy wanted to know was when he could go to my island - that's 609 why he asked when Father's work would be finished. I liked him.' 'You only liked him because he was ass enough to 610 think you were a boy,' said Dick. 'Jolly girlish-looking boy you are, that's all I can say.' George flared up at once. 'Don't 611

600-Loyalty - lealdade 601-Suddenly - súbitamente 602-Seasick - enjoado 602-Bob (to) - balouçando 603-Wave – onda, vaga 603-Poor – de má qualidade 603-if I can help it – se posso evitá-lo 604-Shopping – fazer compras 605-Seldom - raramente 606-'They parted (to part) – eles separaram-se 606-Path - caminho 608-Insulting - insultuoso 608-Suspicious (adj) - suspeitoso 610-All - tudo 611-Ass – jumento, burro 611-Enough - bastante

52

52

be mean! I'm not girlish-looking. I've far more freckles than you have, for one thing, and better eyebrows. And I can 612 make, my voice go deep.' 'You're just silly,' said Dick, in disgust. 'As if freckles are boyish! Girls have them just as 613 much as boys. I don't believe that boy thought you were a boy at all. He was just sucking up to you. He must have heard 614 how much you like playing at being what you aren't.' George walked up to Dick with such a furious look on her face 615 that Julian hastily put himself in between them. 'Now, no brawls,' he said. 'You're both too old to' begin slapping ~each 616 other like kids in the nursery. Let me tell you, you're both behaving like babies,' not like boys or gins!' Anne was 617 looking on with scared eyes. George didn't go off the deep end like this usually. And it was funny of Dick to have 618 spoken so rudely to the boy on the cliff. Timmy gave a sudden' little whine. His tail was down, and lie looked very 619 miserable. 620 'Oh George - Timmy can't bear you to quarrel with Dick!' said Anne. 'Look at him! He's just miserable!' 'He didn't like 621 that boy a hit,' said Dick. 'That was another thing I thought was funny. If Timmy doesn't like a person, I don't like him 622 either.' 'Timmy doesn't always rush round new people,' said George. 'He didn't growl or snarl, anyway. All right, all 623

619-Scared - apavorado 619-didn't go off the deep end – não perdia a cabeça 620-Whine (s) - ganido 620-Lie (to) – manter-se, conservar-se, permanecer 622-Bear (to) - suportar 622-Quarrel (to) – discutir, brigar 623-a hit – está certo!!

612-'Jolly girlish-looking boy – lindo rapaz ameninado 612-To flare up – irritar-se, lançar chamas 613-Mean (adj) - maldoso 613-Far (adj, adv) - muito 613-Freckles - sardas 613-Eyebrow - sobrancelha 614-Deep – grossa, forte 614-Just silly – completamente idiota 614-Disgust (s) - descontentamento 614-Boyish – de rapaz 615-Girls have them just as much as boys – as raparigas teem-nas tanto como os rapazes 615-To suck up to - lisonjear 616-Play (to) - brincar 617-Hastily - apressadamente 617-Brawl - rixa 617-too old – demasiada idade 617-Slap (s) - bofetada 618-Nursery - infantário 618-Behaving – comportando-se 618-Gin (s) – mulher, rapariga

53

53

right, Julian; I'm not going to start brawling. But I do think Dick is being silly. Making a mountain out of a molehill - 624 just because someone was interested in Kirrin Island and Father's work, and just because Timmy didn't caper all round 625 him. He was such a solemn sort of boy that I'm not surprised Timmy wasn't all over him. He probably knew the boy 626 wouldn't like it. Timmy's clever like that.' 'Oh, do stop,' said Dick. 'I give in - gracefully! I may be making a fuss. 627 Probably am. I couldn't help my feelings, though.' Anne gave a sigh of relief. The squabble was over. She hoped it 628 wouldn't crop up again. George had been very touchy since she had been home. If only Uncle Quentin would hurry up 629 and finish his 'work, and they could all go to the island as much as they liked, things would be all right. 630 'I'd rather like to see that television Set,' said George. 'We might go up some afternoon.' 'Right,' said Julian. 'But, on the 631 whole, I think it would be best if we steered clear of any talk about your father's work. Not that we know much. Still, 632 we do know that once before there were people after one of his theories. The secrets of the scientists are very, very 633 important these days, you know, George. Scientists are V.I.P.!' 'What's V.LP.?' asked Anne. 634 'Very Important People, baby!' said Julian, with a laugh. 'What did you think, it meant? Violet, Indigo, Purple? I guess 635

629-Hope (to) - esperar 630-crop up (to) – surgir de súbito 630-Hurry (to) - apressar 632-on the whole – no conjunto, decididamente 633-would be best – seria melhor 633-Steer (to) – seguir determinado rumo 633-Clear - completamente 633-Still – por outro lado 634-after one – atrás de

624-Either – tão pouco, também não 624-Rush (to) – avançar (para conhecer) 624-Growl (to) - rosnar 624-Snarl (to) – mostar os dentes rosnando 624-Anyway – em todo o caso 625-Brawl (to) – envolver-se em rixas 625-Silly (adj) – tolo, parvo, pateta 625-Making a mountain out of a molehill – exagerar, fazer as coisas mais difíceis do que o que são 626-Caper (to) – fazer cabriolas 627-Solemn (adj) – solene, sisudo, sério 628-'I give in - dou-te razão, ganhaste! 628-Gracefully – e não fico amuado 628-May be – pode ser, talvez 629-I can't help it: - não o posso evitar 629-Though - todavia 629-Sigh - suspiro 629-Relief - alívio 629-Squabble - discussão 629-Over (adv.) – terminado, acabado

54

54

those are the colours Uncle Quentin would go if he knew anyone was trying to snoop into his secrets!' Everyone 636 laughed, even George. She looked affectionately at Julian. He was always so sensible and good-tempered. She really 637 would go by what he said. 638 The day passed swiftly. The weather cleared and the sun came out strongly. The air smelt of gorse and primroses and 639 the salt of the sea. Lovely! They went shopping for Aunt, Fanny, and stopped to talk with James, the fisher-boy. 640 'Your father's got the island, I see,' he said to George with a grin. 'Bad luck, Miss. You'll not be going overthere so 641 often. And nobody else will, either, so I've heard.' 'That's right,' said George. 'Nobody is allowed to go over there for 642 some time. Did you help to take some of the stuff over, James'?' 'Yes. I know the way, you see, because I've been with 643 you,' 'said James. 'Well, Miss, how did you find your boat when you went across yesterday? I got her all shipshape for 644 you, didn't' I?' 'Yes, you did, James,' said George, warmly. 'You made her look beautiful. You must come across to the 645 island with us next time we go.' 'Thanks,' said James, his ready grin showing all his white teeth. .'Like to leave Timmy 646 with me for a week or two? See how he wants to stay!' George laughed. She knew James was only joking. He was very 647

636-Guess (to) – imaginar, supor, adivinhar 637-Anyone - alguém 637-Snoop – roubar, furtar, bisbilhotar 637-Everyone (pron) – toda a gente 638-Affection (s) - afeição 638-Sensible (adj) – sensato, razoável, sensível 640-Swiftly- velozmente 640-Smell (to) - cheirar 642-'Your father's got the island – seu pai ocupou a ilha 642-Overthere – para lá 643-Often – frequentemente, muitas vezes 643-And nobody else will, either – e ninguém mais também não 643-Either – tão pouco, também não 645-Yesterday - ontem 645-Shape (to) – talhar, modelar 646-Warmly - calorosamente 646-Look - aspecto 647-next time – próxima vez 647-Ready – pronto, vivo 647-Teeth (s) (singular: tooth) - dentes

55

55

fond of Timmy, though, and Timmy adored James. He was now pushing himself hard against the fisher-boy's knees, 648 and trying to put his nose into his brown hand. Timmy had never forgotten the time when James looked after him so 649 well. 650 The evening came, and the bay was softly blue. Little white horses flecked it' here and there. The four gazed across to 651 Kirrin,Island. It always looked so lovely at this time of the evening. 652 The glass top of the tower winked and blinked in the sun. It looked almost as if someone was signaling. But there was 653 no-one in the little glass room. As the children watched they heard a faint rumbling sound, and suddenly the top of the 654 tower was ablaze with a curious glare. 655 'Look! That's what happened yesterday!' said Julian, in excitement. 'Your father's at work all right, George. I do wonder 656 what he's doing!' Then there came a throbbing sound, almost like the noise of an aeroplane, and once more the glass top 657 of the tower shone and blazed, as the wires became full of some curious power. 658 'Weird,' said Dick. 'A bit frightening too. Where's your father at this very moment, I wonder, George. How I'd like to 659

657-Wonder (to) – sentir curiosidade, gostar de saber 658-Throbbing (adj) – vibrante, latejante 659-Shone (to shine) - brilhou 659-Blazed (to) – arder com chama, deitar faíscas 659-Became (to become) – se tornassem 659-Full – portadores, cheios, repletos 659-Curious - estranho

649-Fond (adj) - amigo 649-Though (conj) – posto que 649-Push (to) - empurrar 649-Himself – ele mesmo 650-Brown (adj) – tostado do sol, moreno 650-To look after – cuidar de, encarregar-se de 652-Softly - suavemente 652-Fleck (to) - salpicar 652-Gaze (to) – olhar fixamente 653-Evening – tardinha, noitinha 654-Wink (to) - cintilar 654-Blink (to) – cintilar, lampejar 654-Almost (adv) - quase 655-Faint (adj) – fraco, débil 655-Rumbling (adj) - rimbombante 656-Ablaze (adj e adv) – a arder, em chamas 656-Glare (s) – brilho intenso

56

56

know!' 'I bet he's forgotten all about meals again,' said George. 'Didn't he wolf our sandwiches - he must have been 660 starving. I wish he'd let Mother go over there and look after him.' Her mother came in at that moment. 'Did you hear the 661 noise?' she said. 'I, suppose that was your father at work again. Oh dear, I hope he doesn't blow himself up one of these 662 days!' 'Aunt Fanny, can I stay up till half past ten tonight?' asked Anne, hopefully. 'To see Uncle Quentin's signal, you 663 know?' 'Good gracious, no!' said her aunt. 'No one needs to stay up. I am quite capable of watching for it myself!' 'Oh 664 Aunt Fanny! Surely I and Dick can stay up!' said Julian. 'After all, we're not in bed till ten at school.' 'Yes - but this is 665 half past ten, and you wouldn't even be in bed then,' said his aunt. 'There's no reason why you shouldn't lie in bed and 666 watch for it though, if you want to - providing you haven't fallen asleep!' 'Oh yes - I can do that,' said Julian. 'My 667 window looks across to Kirrin Island. Six flashes with a lantern I shall count them carefully.' So the four went to bed at 668 the usual time. Anne was asleep long before half past ten, and George was so drowsy that she could not make herself 669 get up and go into the boys' room. But Dick and Julian were both wide awake. They lay in their beds and looked out of 670 the window. There was no moon, but the sky was clear, and the stars shone down, giving a faint light. The sea looked 671

660-Weird (adj) – misterioso, estranho, maravilhoso 660-Frighte (to) - assustar 660-Very – precisamente naquele momento 661-Bet (to) - apostar 661-Wolf (to) - comer vorazmente, devorar 662-Starving (adj) – a morrer de fome, faminto 662-Wish (to) - desejar 664-Fully (adv) – completamente, inteiramente 667-Even (adv) - ainda 667-Lie (to) – deitar, jazer deitado 668-Though (adv) - todavia 668-Providing (conj) – desde que, contando que 668-Fall (to) – cair, tombar 668-Asleep (adj) - adormecido 670-Long (adj e adv) – muito tempo 670-Drowsy (adj) - sonolento 671-Awake (adj) – acordado, desperto 671-Lei (to) – estar deitado

57

57

very black. There was no sign of Kirrin Island. It was lost in the darkness of the night. 672 'Almost half past ten,' said Julian, looking at his watch, which had luminous hands. 'Now then, Uncle Quentin, what 673 about it?' Almost as if his uncle was answering him, a light shone out in the glass top of the tower. It was a clear, small 674 light, like the light of a lantern. 675 Julian began to count. 'One flash.' There was a pause. 'Two flashes.' 'Another pause. 'Three, four, five six!' The flashes 676 stopped. Julian snuggled down into bed. 'Well, that's that. Uncle Quentin's all right. I say, it's weird to think of him 677 climbing that spiral stairway right to the top of the tower, in, the dark of night, isn't it? Just to mess about with those 678 wires.' 'Mmmmm,' said Dick; sleepily. 'I rather he did it, than I! You can be a scientist if you like, Ju -- but I don't want 679 -- to climb towers in the dead of night on a lonely island. I'd like Timmy there, at least" Someone knocked on their door 680 and it opened. Julian sat up at once. It was Aunt Fanny. 681 'Oh Julian dear - did you see the flashes? I forgot to count them. Were there six?' 'Oh yes, Aunt Fanny! I'd have rushed 682

672-Faint (adj) – fraco, débil 674-Hand (s) – mão, ponteiro de relógio 675-Answer (to) - responder 675-Small (adj) - pequeno 678-Snuggle (to) – aconchegar-se 678-Weird (adj) – estranho, incompreensível 679-Climb (to) – trepar, subir 679-Stair (s) - escada 680-Sleepily (adv) – cheio de sonolência 680-'I rather he did it, than I – prefiro que seja ele a fazê-lo que eu 681-Dead (adv) - completamente 681-Lonely (adj) - solitário 681-At least – pelo menos 682-Sit (to) – sentar-se

58

58

down to tell you if anything was wrong.. Uncle's all right. Don't you worry!' 'I wish I'd told him to do an extra flash 683 to tell me if he's had some of that nice soup,' said his aunt. 'Well, good night, Julian. Sleep well!'' 684 Chapter Eight 685 DOWN IN THE QUARRY 686 The next day dawned bright and sunny. The four tore down to breakfast, full of high spirits. 'Can we bathe? Aunt 687 Fanny, it's really warm enough! Oh do say we can!' 'Of course not! Whoever heard of bathing in April!' said Aunt 688 Fanny. 'Why, the sea is terribly cold. Do you want to be in bed for the rest of the holiday with a chill?' 'Well, let's go for 689 a walk on the moors at the back of Kirrin Cottage,' said George. 'Timmy would love that. Wouldn't you, Tim?' 'Woof,' 690 said Timmy, thumping his tail hard on the ground. 691 'Take your lunch with you if you like,' said her mother. 'I'll pack some for you.' 'You'll be glad to be rid of us for a little 692 while, I expect, Aunt Fanny,' said Dick, with a grin. 'I know what we'll do. We'll go to the old quarry and look for 693 prehistoric weapons! We've got a jolly good museum at school, and I'd like to take back some stone arrow-heads or 694

683-Rush (to) - correr 685-Nice (adj) – saboroso, bom 687-DOWN IN THE QUARRY – na pedreira 688-Dawn (to) - amanhecer, despontar o dia 688-Tear (to) – precipitar-se, arremessar-se 688-full of high spirits – com óptima disposição 688-Bathe (to) – banhar-se 689-Whoever heard of bathing in April! – quem quer que ouvisse tomar banhos em abril!!! 690-Chill (s) – resfriado, constipação 691-Moor (s) – charco, charneca, matagal 692-Thump(to) – bater em, martelar 693-Pack (to) - empacotar 693-Glad (adj) - satisfeito 693-To be Rid of – libertar-se (de alguém), livrar 694-While (s) – espaço de tempo, tempo 694-Grin (s) - sorriso 694-Quarry (s) - pedreira

59

59

something like that.' They all liked hunting for things. It would be fun to go to the old quarry, and it would be lovely 695 and warm in the hollow there. ' 'I hope we shan't find a poor dead sheep there, as we once did,' said Anne, with a 696 shudder. 'Poor thing! It must have fallen down and baaed for help for ages. 697 'Of course we shan't,' said Julian. 'We shall find stacks of primroses and violets though, growing down the sides of the 698 quarry.' They are always early there because it's sheltered from every wind.' 'I should love to have bunches of 699 primroses,' said his aunt. 'Nice big ones! Enough to put all over the house.' 'Well, while the boys are looking for arrow-700 heads we'll look for primroses,' said Anne, pleased. 'I like picking flowers.' 'And Timmy, of course, will hunt for 701 rabbits, and will hope to bring home enough for you to decorate the larder from top to bottom,' said Dick, solemnly. 702 Timmy looked thrilled and gave an excited little woof. 703 They waited for Uncle Quentin's signal at half past ten. It came - six flashes of a mirror in the sun. The flashes were 704 quite blinding. 705 'Nice little bit of heliographing!' said Dick. 'Good morning and good-bye, Uncle! We'll watch for you tonight. Now, 706

702-Picking – Quando há dois verbos, o Segundo geralmente passa para o gerúndio 702-Pick (to) - apanhar 703-Larder (s) - despensa 703-Enough (adj, s) - bastante 703-from top to bottom – do tecto ao chão 703-Solemnly (adv) - solenemente 704-Thrilled (adj) – confuso, intrigado 704-Woof – sussurro de cão 705-Wait (to) - esperar 706-Blinding – “que cegavam”, fortes

695-Weapon (s) - arma 695-Jolly (adj) – alegre, encantador – (adv) – muito 695-Arrow (s) - seta 695-Head (s) - ponta 697-Hollow (s) – cova, buraco, cavidade 697-Sheep (s) - carneiro 698-Shudder (s) – arrepio, estremecimento 698-Fall (to) - cair, tombar 698-Baaed (to baa) – balido (ovelha) 699-Stacks (s) - tufos 699-Though (adv) – todavia, contudo 699-Sides (s) - lados 700-Early – (adj e adv) – cedo, antecipado 700-Bunch – molho, ramo 701-Ones – para não repetir palavras. Substitui as palavras que quisermos 701-While (conj) - enquanto 701-Arrow - seta

60

60

everybody ready?' 'Yes! Come' on, Tim! Who's got the sandwiches? I say, isn't the sun hot!' Off they all went. They 707 had on coats and their rubber boots, but no hats, and nobody thought of taking a macintosh. It was going to be a really 708 lovely day! The quarry was not really very far - only about a quarter of a mile. The children went for a walk beforehand, 709 for Timmy's sake. Then they made for the quarry. 710 It was a queer place. At some time or other it had been deeply quarried for stone, and then left to itself. Now the sides 711 were covered with small bushe1s and grass and plants of all kinds. In the sandy places heather grew. 712 The sides were very steep, and as few people came there, there were no paths to follow. It was like a huge rough bowl, 713 irregular in places, and full of colour now where primroses opened their pale petals to the sky. Violets grew there by the 714 thousand, both white and purple. 'Cowslips were opening too, the earliest anywhere. 715 'Oh, it's lovely!' said Anne, stopping at the top and looking down. 'Simply super! I never in my life saw so many 716 primroses - nor such huge ones!' 'Be careful how you go, Anne,' said Julian. 'These sides are very steep. If you lose your 717 footing you'll roll' right down to the bottom - and find yourself with a broken arm or leg!' 'I'll be careful,' said Anne. 'I'll 718

713-Grass (s) - relva 713-Kind (s) - espécie 713-Sandy (adj) - arenoso 713-Heather (s) – tojo, urze 713-Grow (to) - crescer 714-Steep (adj) - escarpado 714-Path (s) - caminho 714-Follow (to) - seguir 714-Huge (adj) – muito grande, enorme 714-Rough (adj) - irregular 714-Bowl (s) – cova, bacia 715-Now – agora (cheia de colorido agora) 715-Pale (adj) - pálidas 715-Petal (s) - pétala 716-Thousand – aos milhares 716-Purple (adj) – côr violeta 716-Cowslip (s) – primavera (flôr) 716-Earliest – as prematuras 716-Anywhere – toda a parte 718-nor such huge – nem tão grandes 718-How (adv) - como 718-Steep (adj) - íngreme 718-Lose (to) - perder

708-isn't the sun hot! – o sol está quentíssimo 708-Off they all went – saíram todos 709-Coat (s) - casaco 709-rubber boots – botas de borracha 709-Hat (s) - chapéu 709-Macintosh (s) - gabardina 709-It was going to be a really lovely day! – encaminhava-se para ser um dia realmente bonito 710-Far (adj, adv) – longe, distante 710-Beforehand (adv) – antecipadamente, de antemão 711-Sake – por causa de… 711-Quarry - pedreira 712-some time or other – cedo ou tarde 712-Deeply (adv) - profundamente 712-Quarry (to) – tirar pedra de pedreira 712-Itself (pron. Refl.) – a si mesmo 713-Bush (s) - arbusto

61

61

throw my basket down to the bottom, so that I can have two hands to cling to bushes with, if I want to. I shall be able to 719 fill that basket cramful of primroses and violets!' She flung the basket down, and it bounced all the way to the bottom of 720 the quarry. The children climbed down to where they wanted to go - the girls to a great patch of big primroses, the boys 721 to a place where they thought they might find stone weapons. 722 'Hallo!' said a voice, suddenly, from much lower down. The four stopped in surprise, and Timmy growled. 723 'Why - it's you!' said George, recognizing the boy they had met the day before. 724 'Yes. I don't know if you know my name. It's Martin Curton,' said the boy'. 725 Julian told him their names too. 'We've come to picnic here,' he said. 'And to see if we can find stone weapons. What 726 have you come for?' 'Oh -- to see if I can find stone weapons too,' said the 'Have you found any?' asked George. 727 'No. Not yet.' 'Well, you won't find any just there,' said Dick. 'Not in heather! You want to come over here, where the 728 ground is bare and gravelly.' Dick was trying to be friendly, to make up for the day before. Martin came over and began 729 to scrape about with the boys. They had trowels with them, but he had only his hands. 730

724-Lower – mais abaixo 724-Growl (to) - rosnar 729-'Well, you won't find any just there – não encontrarás nada aí 729-Heather (s) - tojo 729-Want (to) – precisar, necessitar, querer 730-Ground (s) – sedimento (terra) 730-Bare (adj) – despido, nu, descoberto 730-Gravely (adj) – com areia grossa 730-to make up for - compensar

719-Footing (s) – posição, colocação dos pés 719-Roll (to) - rolar 719-Bottom (s) - fundo 719-Arm (s) - braço 719-Leg (s) - perna 720-Throw (to) – atirar, lançar 720-Cling (to) – pegar-se 721-Fill (to) – encher, preencher 721-Cram (to) – abarrotar, amontoar 721-Flung (to fling) - atirou 721-Bounce (to) - ressaltar 722-Climb (to) – trepar, subir 722-Patch (s) – plantas em pequeno espaço de terra, tufo 723-Weapon (s) - arma

62

62

'Isn't it hot down here?' called Anne. 'I'm going to take off my coat.' Timmy had his head and shoulders down a 731 rabbit hole. He was scraping violently, sending up heaps of soil behind him in a shower. 732 'Don't go near Timmy unless you want to be buried in earth!' said Dick. 'Hey, Timmy - is a rabbit really worth all that 733 hard work?' Apparently it was, for Timmy, panting loudly, went on digging for all he was worth. A stone flew high in 734 the air and hit Julian. He rubbed his cheek. Then he looked at the stone that lay beside him. He gave a shout. 'Look at 735 this - a jolly fine arrow-head! Thanks, Timmy, old fellow. Very good of you to go digging for me. What about a 736 hammer-head next?' The others came to see the stone arrow-head. Anne thought she would never have known what it 737 was -- but Julian and Dick exclaimed over it in admiration. 738 'Jolly good specimen,' said Dick. 'See how it's been shaped, George? To think that this was used thousands of years ago 739 to kill the enemies of a cave-man! Martin did not say much. He just looked at the arrowhead, which certainly was a very 740 fine unspoilt specimen, and then turned away. Dick thought he was a queer fellow. A bit dull and boring. He wondered 741 if they ought to ask him to their picnic. He didn't want to in the least. 742

736-Hit (to) – bater em 736-Rub (to) – esfregar, coçar 736-Cheek (s) – bochecha, face 736-Lie (to) – estar deitado 736-Beside (adv, prep) – próximo de 736-Shout (s) – grito, brado, berro 737-Arrow (s) - seta 737-Digging (s) - escavação 738-hammer-head – cabeça do martelo 740-Shaped (to) - talhar 740-Thousands - milhares 742-Unspoilt (adj) – em bom estado de conservação 742-Dull (adj) – lento, estúpido, tristonho 742-Boring (to bore) – aborrecer, enfastiar 742-Wonder (to) - perguntar a si mesmo

731-Scrape (to) – raspar, limpar raspando 731-Trowel (s) – colher de trolha ou pedreiro 732-Hot (adj) - calôr 732-Shoulder (s) - ombro 733-Hole (s) - buraco 733-Scrape (to) - raspar 733-Send (to) – lançar, arremessar 733-Heap (s) – montão, grande quantidade 733-Soil (s) – terra, solo 733-Behind (adv, prep) – atrás de 733-Shower – chuva, grande quantidade 734-Buried - soterrados 734-Earth (s) - terra 734-Worth (adj) – merecedor de, com valor, valioso, que vale a pena 735-Panting (adj) - ofegante 735-Loudly (adv) - ruidosamente 735-Digging (s) - escavação 735-To go on – continuar, seguir, prosseguir 735-All - tudo 735-Fly (to) - voar

63

63

But George did! 'Are you having a picnic here too?' she asked. Martin shook his head. 743 'No. I've not brought any sandwiches.' 'Well, we've plenty. Stay and have some with us when we eat them,' said George, 744 generously. 745 'Thanks. It's very nice of you,' said the boy. 'And will you come and see my television set this afternoon in return! I'd 746 like you to.' 'Yes, we will,' said George. 'It would be something to do! Oh Anne -- just look at those violets! I've never 747 seen such big white ones' before. Won't Mother be pleased?' The boys went deeper down, scraping about with their 748 trowels in any likely place. They came to where a shelf of stone projected out a good way. It would be a nice place to 749 have their lunch. The stone would be warm to sit on, and was flat enough to take, ginger-beer bottles and cups in safety. 750 At half past twelve they all had their lunch. They were very hungry. Martin shared their sandwiches, and became quite 751 friendly over them. 752 'Best sandwiches I've ever tasted,' he said. I do like those sardine ones. Does your mother make them for you? I wish I 753 had a mother. Mine died ages ago.' There was a sympathetic silence. The four could not think of any worse thing to 754

751-Warm (adj) - quente 751-Sit (to) – sentar-se 751-Cup (s) - copo 753-Friendly (adj) – amigo, amistoso 754-Ever (adv) – alguma vez 754-Taste (to) – provar, tomar o paladar 754-Wish (to) - desejar

743-Ought (to) - dever 743-He didn't want to in the least – ele não queria nada 743-Least – menos, o menor, o menos importante 744-But George did – mas George queria 744-Shook (to shake) – sacudir, abanar 747-Television set – aparelho de televisão 748-I'd like you to – gostaria também 749-Won't Mother be pleased? – Não achas que a mãe vai ficar contente? 749-Deepe (to) – aprofundar, intensificar 749-Scrape (to) - raspar 750-Trowel (s) – colher de trolha 750-Likely (adj) – verosímil, possível 750-Shelf (s) – prateleira de pedra 750-good way – algum tempo depois

64

64

happen to a boy or girl. They offered Martin the nicest buns, and the biggest piece of cake immediately. 755 'I saw your father flashing his signals last night,' said Martin, munching a bun. 756 Dick looked up at once. 'How do you know he was signaling?' he asked. 'Who told you?' 'Nobody,' said the 'boy. 'I just 757 saw the six flashes, and I thought it must be George's father.' He looked surprised at Dick's sharp tone. Julian gave Dick 758 a nudge, to warn him not to go off the deep end again. 759 George scowled at Dick. 'I suppose you saw my father signaling this morning too,' she said to Martin. 'I bet scores of 760 people saw the flashes. He just heliographs with a mirror at half past ten to signal that he's all right -- and flashes a 761 lantern at the same time at night.' Now it was Dick's turn to scowl at George. Why give away all this information? It 762 wasn't necessary. Dick felt sure she was doing it just to pay him out for his sharp question. He tried to change the 763 subject. 764 'Where do you go to school?' he asked. 765 'I don't,' said the boy. 'I've been ill.' 'Well, where did you go to school before you were ill?' asked Dick. 766

755-Worse (adj) - pior 756-Offer (to) - oferecer 756-Bun (s) -arrufada 756-Biggest - maior 756-Cake (s) - bolo 758-Dick looked up at once – o david ficou logo alerta 759-Sharp (adj) – exaltado, desabrido 759-Tone (s) - tom 760-Nudge (to) - acotovelar 760-Warn (to) – avisar, advertir 761-Bet (to) - apostar 761-Scores - imensa 763-To give away – oferecer, dar 765-Subject - assunto

65

65

"I -- I had a tutor,' said Martin. 'I didn't go to school.' 'Bad luck!' said Julian. He thought it must be terrible not to go to 767 school and have all the fun, the work and the games of school-life. He looked curiously at Martin. Was he one of these 768 rather stupid boys who did no good at school, but had to have a tutor at home? Still he didn't look stupid. He just looked 769 rather sullen and dull. 770 Timmy was sitting on the warm stone with the others. 771 He had his share of the sandwiches, but had to be rationed, as Martin had to have some too. 772 He was funny with Martin. He took absolutely no notice of him at all. Martin might not have been there! And Martin 773 took no notice of Timmy. He did not talk to him, or pat him. Anne was sure he didn't really like dogs, as he had said. 774 How could anyone be with Timmy and not give him even one pat? 775 Timmy did not even look at Martin, but sat with his back to him, leaning against George. It was really rather amusing, if 776 it wasn't so odd. After all, George was talking in a friendly way to Martin; they were all sharing their food with him - 777 and Timmy behaved as if Martin simply wasn't there at all! Anne was just about to remark on Timmv's odd behaviour 778

767-Ill (adj, adv) – doente, mal 768-Tutor (s) – professor particular 769-Fun(s) - divertimento 770-did no good at school – não conseguindo fazer nada nos colégios 770-Still (adv) - todavia 771-Sullen (adj) - tristonho 771-Dull (adj) – aborrecido, parado, monótono 774-He took absolutely no notice of him at all – não dava de maneira nenhuma por ele 774-Martin might not have been there! – Martin podia não ter estado lá 775-Pat (to) – afagar com pancadinhas 777-Leaning - inclinado 777-Against (prep) – de encontro a 778-Odd (adj) – estranho, excêntrico 778-After all – afinal, no fim de contas 778-friendly way - amigávelmente 778-Way – modo, maneira

66

66

when he yawned, shook himself, and leapt down from the rock. 'He's going rabbiting again,' said Julian. 'Hey, Tim - 779 find me another arrow-head will you, old fellow?' Timmy wagged his tail. He disappeared under the shelf of rock, and 780 there came the sound of digging. A shower of stones and soil flew into the air. 781 The children lay back on the stone and felt sleepy. They talked for some minutes, and then Anne felt her eyes closing. 782 She was awakened by George's voice. 783 'Where's Timmy? Timmy! Timmy! Come here! Where have you got to?' But no Timmy came. There was not even an 784 answering bark. 'Oh blow' said George., 'Now he's gone down some extra-deep rabbit hole, I suppose. I must get him. 785 Timmy! Wherever are you?' 786 Chapter Nine 787 GEORGE MAKES A DISCOVERY - AND LOSES HER TEMPER 788 GEORGE slipped down from the rock. She peered under. it; There was a large opening there, scattered with stones 789 that Timmy had loosened in his digging. 790

779-Remark (to) - observar 779-Odd (adj) – estranho, excentrico 779-Behaviour (s)- comportamento 780-Yawn (to) - bocejar 780-Shook (to shake) - sacudir 780-Leap (to) – pular, saltar 781-Shelf (s) - prateleira 782-Digging (s) - escavação 783-Felt (to feel) – sentiram-se 783-Sleepy (adj) - sonolentos 784-Awaken (to) – despertar, acordar 786-'Oh blow' – oh céus 786-Deep (adj) - profundo 786-I must get him – tenho que o ir buscar 789-TEMPER (s) – calma, temperamento 789-LOSE (to) - perder 790-Slip (to) – escorregar, deslizar 790-Peer (to) – espreitar, olhar com atenção 790-Under (prep) – debaixo de 790-Large (adj) - grande 790-Opening (s) – abertura 790-Scatter (to) – disseminar, espalhar em todas as direcções, semear

67

67

'Surely you haven't at last found a rabbit hole big enough to go down!' said George. 'TIMMY! Where are you?' Not a 791 bark, not a whine came from the hole. George wriggled under the shelf of rock, and peered down the burrow. Timmy 792 had certainly made it very big. George called up to Julian. 793 .'Julian! Throw me down your trowel, will you?' The trowel landed by her foot. George took it and began to make the 794 hole bigger. It might be big enough for Timmy, but it wasn't big enough for her! She dug hard and soon got very hot. 795 She crawled out and looked over on to the rock to see if she could get one of the others to help her. They were all 796 asleep! 'Lazy things!' thought George, quite forgetting that she too would have been dozing if she hadn't wondered 797 where Timmy had gone. 798 She slipped down under the rock again and began to dig hard with her trowel. Soon she had made the hole big enough 799 to get through: She was surprised to find quite a large passage, once she had made the entrance big enough to take her. 800 She could crawl along on hands and knees! 'I say - I wonder if this is just some animal's runway -or leads somewhere!' 801 thought George. 'TIMMY! Where are you?' From somewhere deep in the quarry side there came a faint whine. George 802

800-Dig (to) - cavar 802-Crawl (to) - rastejar 802-Along (adv, prep) – com, ao longo de, para diante 802-Wonder (to) – gostar de saber 802-Runway (s) – caminho ou carreiro de animais 802-Lead (to) – conduzir, guiar, levar 802-Somewhere (adv) – algum sítio, algures

791-Loosened (to loosen) – desprender, soltar 791-Digging (s) - escavação 792-Surely (adv) – seguramente, certamente 792-at last - finalmente 792-Hole (s) - buraco 793-Whine (s) - ganido 793-Wriggle (to) – introduzir-se 793-Shelf (s) - prateleira 793-Peer (to) – olhar com atenção, espreitar 793-Burrow (s) – cova, lura 794-Call (to) - chamar 795-Land (to) – bater, desembarcar, aterrar, etc 796-Dug (to dig) - cavar 796-got very hot – ficou cheia de calor 797-Crawled (to crawl) - rastejar 798-Asleep (adj) - adormecido 798-Lazy (adj) - preguiçoso 798-Dozing (s) – sonolência, sesta 798-Wonder (to) – estranhar, estar ansioso por saber

68

68

felt thankful. So Timmy was there, after all. She crawled along, and then quite suddenly the tunnel became high and 803 wide, and she realized that she must be in a passage. It was perfectly dark, so she could not see anything, she could only 804 feel. 805 Then she heard the sound of pattering feet, and Timmy pressed affectionately against her legs, whining. 'Oh Timmy -- 806 you gave me a bit of a fright!' said George. 'Where have you been? Is this a real passage -- or just a tunnel in the quarry, 807 made by the aid miners, and now used by animals?' 'Woof,' said Timmy, and pulled 'at George's shorts to make her go 808 back to the daylight. 809 'All right, I'm coming!' said George. 'Don't imagine I want to wander alone in the dark! I only came to look for you.' She 810 made her way back to the shelf of rock. By this time Dick was awake, and wondered where George had gone. He 811 waited a few minutes, blinking up into the deep blue sky, and then sat up. 812 'George!' There was no answer. So, in his turn Dick slipped down from the rock and looked around. And, to his very 813 great astonishment he saw first Timmy, and then George on hands and knees, appearing out of the hole under the rock. 814

808-Passage (s) - passagem 808-Just (adv) – apenas, precisamente 809-Aid – auxiliaries (mineiros) 809-Shorts (s, pl.) – calções, calças curtas 811-Wander (to) - vaguear 812-Awake (to) - acordar 813-Wait (to) - esperar 813-Blinking (to blink) – pestanejando, piscando 813-Sat (to sit) – sentar-se 814-Turn (s) - vez 814-in his turn – por sua vez 814-Slip (to) – escorregar, deslizar

803-Deep (s) – abismo, profundo 803-Quarry (s) - pedreira 803-Faint (adj) – fraco, débil 803-Whine (s) - ganido 804-Thankful (adj) – agradecido, reconhecido 804-after all – afinal, no final de contas 804-Crawl (to) - rastejar 804-Along (adv, prep) – com, ao longo de, para diante 804-Suddenly (adv) - súbitamente 804-High (adj, adv) – elevada, alta 805-Wide (adj) - larga 805-Realize (to) – fazer ideia, compreender 806-Feel (to) - sentir 807-Patter (s) – sucessão rápida de pequenos ruídos: passos 807-Feet (s: foot) – patas, pés 807-Press (to) – apertar, comprimir 807-Affectionately - afectuosamente 807-Whine (s) - ganido 808-Fright (s) – susto, sobressalto 808-Real (adj) - verdadeiro

69

69

He stared open-mouthed, and George began to giggle. 815 'It's all right. I've only been rabbiting with Timmy!' She stood beside him, shaking and brushing soil from her jersey and 816 shorts. 'There's a passage behind the entrance to the hole under the rock,' she said. 'At first it's just a narrow tunnel, like 817 an animal's hole -- then it gets wider -- and then it becomes a proper high wide passage! I couldn't see if it went on, of 818 course, because it was dark. Timmy was a long way in.' 'Good gracious!' said Dick. 'It sounds exciting.' 'Let's explore it, 819 shall we?' said George. 'I expect Julian's got a torch.' 'No,' said Dick. 'We won't explore today.' The others were now 820 awake, and listening with interest. 'Is it a secret passage?' said Anne, thrilled. 'Oh do let's explore it!' 'No, not today,' 821 said Dick again. He looked to Julian. Julian guessed that Dick did not want Martin to share this secret. Why should he? 822 He was not a real friend of theirs, and they had only just got to know him. He nodded back to Dick. 823 'No, we won't explore today. Anyway, it may be nothing - just an old tunnel made by the quarry-men.' Martin was 824 listening with great interest. He went and looked into the hole. 'I wish we could explore,' he said. 'Maybe we could plan 825 to meet again with torches and see if there really is a passage there.' Julian looked at his watch. 'Nearly two o'clock. 826

820-Timmy was a long way in – o tim chegou até bastante ao fundo 820-'Good gracious! – que extraordinário 820-Sound (to) - parecer 821-Torch (s) - lâmpada 822-Awake (to) - acordar 822-Thrill (to) – excitar, entusiasmar 823-Guess (to) – conjecturar, adivinhar, imaginar 824-Real (adj) - verdadeiro 824-Nod (to) - acenar com a cabeça em sinal 825-Anyway (adv, conj) – de qualquer maneira, em todo o caso

815-Astonishment (s) – espanto, admiração, assombro 816-Stare (to) – olhar espantado 816-open-mouthed – boca-aberta 816-Giggle (to) – rir com um risinho abafado e despropositado 817-Stood (to stand) – pôr-se de pé 817-Beside (adv, prep) – próximo de, junto a 817-Shaking (to shak) – sacudir, abanar 817-Brushing (to brush) - escovando 817-Soil (s) - terra 817-Jersey (s) – camisola de lã com mangas 818-Behind (adv, prep) – atrás de, detrás 818-Hole (s) - buraco 818-Under (prep) – debaixo de 818-Narrow (adj) – estreito, apertado 819-Wide (adj) - largo 819-Proper (adj) – característico, peculiar 819-Go on (to) – continuar, seguir, prosseguir

70

70

Well, Martin, if we're going to see that half past two television programme of yours, we'd better be getting on.' 827 Carrying baskets of primroses and violets, the girls began to climb up the steep side of the quarry. Julian took Anne's 828 basket from her, afraid she might slip and fall. Soon they were all at the top. The air felt quite cool there after the 829 warmth of the quarry. 830 They made their way to the cliff-path and before long were passing the coastguard's cottage. He was out in his garden, 831 and he waved to them. 832 They went in the gateway of the next-door cottage. Martin pushed the door open. His father was sitting at the window 833 of the room inside, reading. He got up with a broad, welcoming smile. 834 'Well, well, well! This is nice! Come along in, do. Yes, the dog as well. I don't mind dogs a bit. I like them.' It seemed 835 rather a crowd in the small room. They all shook hands politely. Martin explained hurriedly that he had brought the 836 children to see a television programme. 837 'A good idea,' said Mr. Curton, still beaming. Anne stared at his great eyebrows. They were very long and thick. She 838

835-Broad (adj) - amplo 836-Come along – vamos lá!! 836-Yes, the clog as well – e o cão também 836-As well – também, da mesma maneira, com igual razão 836-Mind (to) – importar-se com 836-Seem (to) - parecer 837-Rather (adv) - muito 837-Crowd (s) - multidão 837-Shook (to shake) – apertar a mão 837-Politely (adv) - educadamente 837-Hurriedly (adv) - apressadamente

827-Watch (s) - relógio 827-Nearly (adv) – quase, próximo 828-Carry (to) – levar, transportar 829-Basket (s) - cesta 829-Climb (to) – trepar, subir 829-Steep (adj) – íngreme, escarpado 829-Side (s) - borda 830-Fall (to) – cair, tombar 830-Cool (adj) – fresco, frio 830-Warmth (s) - calor 831-Quarry (s) - pedreira 832-Long (adj,adv) – grande demora, muito tempo 832-before long – pouco depois 832-Passing (to pass) – passar, andar, caminhar 833-Wave (to) – acenar com a mão 834-Gateway (s) - portão 834-Push (to) - empurrar 834-Sit (to) – sentar-se 835-Read (to) – ler, estudar

71

71

wondered why he didn't have them trimmed but perhaps he liked them like that. They made him look very fierce, she 839 thought. 840 The four looked round the little room. There was a television set standing at the far end, on a table. There was also a 841 magnificent wireless and something else that made the boys stare with interest. 842 'Hallo! You've got a transmitting set, as well as a receiving set,' said Julian. 843 'Yes,' said Mr. Curton. 'It's a hobby of mine. I made that set.' 'Well! You must be brainy!' said Dick. 844 'What's a transmitting set?' asked Anne. 'I haven't heard of one before.' 'Oh, it just means a set to send out messages by 845 wireless like police-cars have, when they send back messages to their police stations,' said Dick. 'This is a very 846 powerful one, though.' Martin was fiddling about with the television switches. Then the programme began. 847 It was great fun seeing the television programme. 848 When it was over Mr. Curton asked them to stay to tea. 849 'Now don't say no,' he said. 'I'll ring up and ask your aunt, if you like, if you're afraid she might be worried.' 'Well if 850

839-Beaming (adj) - radiante 839-Stare (to) - pasmar 839-Eyebrow (s) - sobrancelha 839-Thick (adj) - espesso 840-Trim (to) - aparar 840-Fierce (adj) – desagradável, cruel, feroz, violento, muito intenso 842-The far end – a extremidade 843-Wireless (s) – rádio, telefonia 843-Else (adv) – além disso, mais 843-Stare (to) – olhar pasmado 844-transmitting set – aparelho transmissor 844-As well as – como também, também 844-receiving set – aparelho receptor 845-Brainy (adj) – habilidoso, vivo, inteligente, esperto 846-Send (to) – enviar, mandar 848-Powerful (adj) – poderoso, potente 848-Though (adv) – contudo, todavia 848-Switch (s) - interruptor 848-Fiddling – mexer nos botões do aparelho de televisão 850-Fun (s) - divertimento 850-Ask (to) – pedir, perguntar, interrogar

72

72

you'd do that, sir,' said Julian. 'I think she would wonder where we'd gone!' Mr. Curton rang up Aunt Fanny. Yes, it 851 was quite all right for them to stay, but they mustn't be too late back. So they settled down to an unexpectedly good tea. 852 Martin was not very talkative, but Mr. Curton made up for it. He laughed and joked and was altogether very good 853 company. 854 The talk came round to Kirrin Island. Mr. Curton said how beautiful it looked each evening. George looked pleased. 855 'Yes,' she said. 'I always think that. I do wish Father hadn't chosen this particular time to work on my island. I'd planned 856 to go and stay there.' 'I suppose you know every inch of it!' said Mr. Curton. 857 'Oh yes!' said George. 'We all do. There are dungeons there, you know real dungeons that go deep down - where we 858 once found gold ingots? 859 'Yes I remember reading about that,' said Mr. Curton. 'That must have been exciting. Fancy finding the dungeons too! 860 And there's an old well too you once got down, isn't there?' 'Yes' said Anne, remembering. 'And there is a cave where 861 we once lived it's got an entrance through the roof, as well as from the sea.' 'And I suppose your father is conducting his 862

851-Ring (to) – chamar por toque, telefonar 851-Worry (to) - preocupar 853-Late (adj) – tardio, atrasado 853-Settle down (to) – começar 853-Unexpectedly (adv) - inesperado 854-Talkative (adj) - falador 854-Altogether (adv, s) - totalmente 856-Talk (s) - conversa 856-Evening (s) - tardinha 857-Wish (to) - desejar 857-Choose (to) - escolher 860-Ingots (s) - lingotes 861-Read (to) - ler 861-Fancy (adj) - extravagante

73

73

marvellous experiments down in the dungeons?' said Mr.Curton. 'Well, what a strange place to work in!' 'No we don't' 863 began George, when she got a kick on the ankle from Dick. She screwed up her face in pain. It had been a very sharp 864 kick indeed. 865 'What were you going to say?' said Mr. Curton, looking surprised. 866 'Er I was just going to say that - er -- er -- we don't know which place Father has chosen,' said George, keeping her legs 867 well out of the way of Dick's feet. 868 Timmy gave a sudden sharp whine. George looked down at him in surprise. He was looking up at Dick with a very hurt 869 expression. 870 'What's the matter, Timmy?' said George, anxiously. 871 'He's finding the room too hot, I think,' said Dick. 'Better take him out, George.' George, feeling quite anxious, took him 872 out. Dick joined her. She scowled at him. 'What did you want to kick me for like that? I shall have a frightful bruise.' 873 'You know jolly well why I did,' said Dick. 'Giving away everything like that. Can't you see the chap's very interested in 874

865-Kick (to) – dar um pontapé em 865-Ankle (s) - tornozelo 865-Screw (to) – contrair feições 865-Pain (s) – dôr física 865-Sharp (adj) - forte 866-Indeed (adv) – de facto, na realidade, na verdade 870-Hurt - magoada 872-Anxiously (adv) - ansiosamente 874-Join (to) - juntar 874-Frightful (adj) – terrível, tremendo 874-Bruise (s) - pisadura

74

74

your father being on the island? There may be nothing in it at all, but you might at least keep your mouth shut. Just 875 like a girl, can't help blabbing. I had to stop you somehow. I don't mind telling you I trod jolly hard on poor old 876 Timmy's tail too, to make him yelp, so that you'd stop talking!' 'Oh you beast!' said George, indignantly. 'How could 877 you hurt Timmy?' 'I didn't want to. It was a shame,' said Dick, stopping to fondle Timmy's ears. 'Poor old Tim. I didn't 878 want to hurt you, old fellow.' 'I'm going home,' said George, her face scarlet with anger. 'I hate you for talking to me 879 like that telling me I blab like a girl and stamping on poor Timmy's tail You can go back and say I'm taking Timmy 880 home.' 'Right,' said Dick. 'And a jolly good thing too. The less you talk to Mr. Curton the better. I'm going back to find 881 out exactly what he is and what he does. I'm getting jolly suspicious. You'd better go before you give anything else 882 away!' Almost choking with rage, George went off with Timmy. Dick went back to make her apologies. Julian and 883 Anne, sure that something was up, felt most uncomfortable. They rose to go, but to their surprise, Dick became very 884 talkative and appeared to be suddenly very much interested in Mr. Curton and what he did. 885 But at last they said good-bye and went. 'Come again, do,' said Mr. Curton, beaming at the three of them. And tell the 886

880-Hate (to) - odiar 881-Stamping (to stamp) – bater violentamente com os pés no 882-'And a jolly good thing too. – e é uma bela coisa também 882-The less – quanto menos 883-I'm getting jolly suspicious. – estou a ficar muito desconfiado 883-You'd better go before you give anything else away! – é melhor ir antes que tu lhe contes mais alguma coisa 884-Almost (adv) - quase 884-Rage (s) - raiva 884-Apology (s) - desculpa 885-Uncomfortable (adj) - desconfortável 885-Rise (to) – levantar-se 885-Talkative (adj) - falador

875-'Giving away everything like that – a contar tudo daquela maneira 875-Chap (s) – sujeito, indivíduo 876-At last – finalmente, por fim 876-Shut (to) – fechar, encerrar 877-can't help – não pode evitar 877-Blabbing – (s) – indiscrição, tagarelice 877-Somehow (adv) – de qualquer maneira 877-Trod (to tread) - pisar 878-Yelp (to) – ganir, latir 878-Beast (s) - bruto 878-Indignantly (adv) - indignadamente 878-Hurt (to) – ferir, magoar 879-Shame (s) – pena, infelicidade 879-Fondle (to) - acariciar 879-Ear (s) - orelha 880-Scarlet (adj) - escarlate 880-Anger (s) - cólera

75

75

other boy what's his name, George - that I hope his dog is quite all right again now. Such a nice, well behaved dog! 887 Well good-bye! See you again soon, I hope!' 888 Chapter Ten 889 A SURPRISING SIGNAL 890 'WHAT'S up with George?' demanded Julian, as soon as they were safely out of earshot. 'I know you kicked her at 891 tea-time, for talking too much about the island -that was idiotic of her - but why has she gone home in a huff?' Dick told 892 them how he had trodden on poor Timmy's tail to make him whine, so that George would turn her attention to him and 893 stop talking. Julian laughed, but Anne was indignant. 894 'That was horrid of you, Dick.' 'Yes, it was,' said Dick. 'But I couldn't think of any other way to head George off the 895 island. I really honestly thought she was giving away to that fellow all the things he badly wanted to know. But now I 896 think he wanted to know them for quite another reason.' 'What do you mean?' said Julian, puzzled. 897 'Well, I thought at first he must be after Uncle Quentin's secret, whatever it is,' said Dick, 'and that was why he wanted 898

887-Beam (to) – sorrir, irradiar alegria 888-Behave (to) - comportar-se 891-SURPRISING (adj) - imprevisto 892-as soon as – logo que 892-Safely – em segurança 892-Earshot – alcance de serem ouvidos 893-Huff (s) - cólera 893-Idiotic (adj) - idiota 894-Tread (to) - pisar 896-Head (to) – orientar, dirigir 897-Badly (adv) – para o mal 898-Quite (adv) - inteiramente 898-Puzzled (s) - confusão

76

76

to know all the ins and, outs of everything. But now that he's told me he's a journalist - that's a man who writes for 899 the newspapers, Anne - I think after all he only wants the information so that he can use it for his paper, and 'make a 900 splash when Uncle has finished his work.' 'Yes, I think that too,' said Julian, thoughtfully; 'in fact, I'm pretty sure of it. 901 Well, there's no harm in that, but I don't see why we should sit there and be pumped all the time. He could easily say, 902 "Look here, I'd be obliged if you'd spill the beans about Kirrin Island -- I want to use it in a newspaper story." But he 903 didn't say that.' 'No. So I was suspicious,' said Dick. 'But I see now he'd want all, sorts of tit-bits about Kirrin Island to 904 put in his newspaper, whatever it is. Blow! Now I shall have to explain to George I was wrong - and she really is in a 905 temper!' 'Let's take the road to Kirrin Village and go to get some bones for Timmy at the butcher's,' said Julian. 'A sort 906 of apology to Tim!' This seemed a good idea. They bought two large meaty ones at the butcher's, and then went to 907 Kirrin Cottage. George was up in her bedroom with Timmy. The three went up to find her. 908 She was sitting on the floor with a book. She looked p sulkily as they came in.' 'George, sorry I was such a beast,' said 909 Dick. 'I did it for a good cause, if you only knew it. But I've discovered at Mr. Curton isn't a spy, seeking out your 910

899-After (prep) – atrás de 901-After all – afinal, no fim de contas 901-Paper (s) – jornal, periódico 901-Make (to) a splash – causar sensação, dar nas vistas 902-Thoughtfully (adv) – pensativamente, ponderadamente 902-Pretty (adj) – bastante, perfeito 902-Sure - seguro 903-Harm (s) – mal, dano 903-Pump (to) - procurar obter informações por meio de perguntas repetidas; perguntar repetidamente; 904-Oblige (to) – favorecer, obsequiar, 904-Spill (to) the beans – revelar um segredo 906-whatever it is – qualquer que seja (o jornal) 906-Blow! – bolas!! 907-Village (s) – aldeia, povoação 907-Bone (s) - osso 907-Butcher’s (s) - talho 908-Apology (s) - desculpa 908-Bought (to buy) - compraram 908-Meaty (adj) – de carne 909-Bedroom (s) – quarto de dormir 910-Sulkily (adv) - amuadamente

77

77

father's secret - he's only a journalist, smelling out a story for a paper! Look - I've brought these for Timmy - 'I 911 apologize to him too.' George was in a very bad temper, but she tried to pond to Dick's friendliness. She gave him a 912 small smile 'All right. Thanks for the bones. Don't talk to me right anybody. I feel mad, but I'll get over it.' They left her 913 sitting on the floor. It was always best 'How queer,' said Julian. 'Why twelve flashes? Hallo here we go again!' Another 914 six flashes came from the tower, then no more at all. Julian wished he had a telescope, then he could see right into the 915 tower! He sat and thought for a moment, puzzled. Then he heard the others come pounding up the stairs. They burst into 916 the room. 917 'Julian! Father flashed eighteen times instead of six!' 'Did you count them, Ju?' 'Why did he do that? Is he in danger of 918 some sort?' 'No. If he was he'd flash the S.O.S. signal,' said Julian. 919 'He doesn't know Morse!' said George. 920 'Well, I expect he just wants to let us know that he needs something,' said Julian. 'We must go over today and find out 921 what it is. More food perhaps.' So, when Aunt Fanny came home they suggested they should all go over to the island. 922

911-Spy (s) - espião 911-Seek (to) – tentar conseguir, procurar obter 912-Smell (to) - cheirar 913-Ponder (to) – considerar, pesar, ponderar 913-Friendliness (s) – amizade, simpatia 914-Small (adj) - pequeno 914-Bone (s) - osso 914-right anybody – mesmo ninguém 914-Mad (adj) - furioso 914-but I'll get over it. – mas ultrapasso isso 917-Pounding (s) – acto de caminhar pesadamente 919-Eighteen - dezoito 919-instead of – em vez de

78

78

Aunt Fanny was pleased. 923 'Oh yes! That would be nice. I expect your uncle wants a message sent off somewhere. We'll go this morning.' George 924 flew off to tell James she wanted her boat. Aunt Fanny packed up plenty of food with Joanna's help. Then they set off to 925 Kirrin Island in George's boat. 926 As they rounded the low wall of rocks and came into the little cove, they saw Uncle Quentin waiting for them. He 927 waved his hand, and helped to pull in the boat when it ran gently on to the sand. 928 'We saw your treble signal,' said Aunt Fanny. 'Did you want something, dear?' 'Yes, I did,' said Uncle Quentin. 'What's 929 in your basket, Fanny? More of those delicious sandviches. I'll have some!' 'Oh Quentin haven't you been having your 930 meals properly again?' said Aunt Fanny. 'What about that lovely soup?' 'What soup?' said Uncle Quentin, looking 931 surprised. I wish I'd known about it. I could have done with some last night.' 'But Quentin! I told you about it before,' 932 said Aunt Fanny. 'It will be bad by now. You must pour it away. 933 Now don't forget pour it away! Where is it? Perhaps I had better pour it away myself.' 'No. I'll do it,' said Uncle 934

924-Pleased (adj) - contente 925-Send (to) - enviar 926-Fly(to) off – fugir, ir-se embora 929-Wave (to) – acenar com a mão 929-Pull (to) - puxar 930-Treble (adj) - triplo 933-I wish I'd known about it. – gostava de saber que tinha essa sopa 933-I could have done with some last night. – podia ter comido alguma a noite passada 934-'It will be bad by now. – estará estragada agora 934-You must pour it away. – tens que a deitar fora

79

79

Quentin. 'Let's sit down and have our lunch.' It was much too early for lunch, but Aunt Fanny at once sat down and 935 began to unpack the food. The children were always ready for a meal at any time, so they didn't in the least mind lunch 936 being so early. 937 'Well, dear - how is your work getting on?' asked Aunt Fanny, watching her husband devour sandwich after sandwich. 938 She began to wonder if he had had anything at all to eat since she had left him two days ago 'Oh very well indeed,' said 939 her husband. 'Couldn't be better. Just got to a most tricky and interesting point. I'll have another sandwich, please.' 'Why 940 did you signal eighteen times, Uncle Quentin?' asked Anne. 941 'Ah well it's difficult to explain, really,' said her uncle 'The fact is - I can't help feeling there's somebody else on this 942 island besides myself!' 'Quentin! What in the world do you mean?' cried Aunt Fanny, in alarm. She looked over her 943 shoulder as if she half expected to see somebody there. All the children stared in amazement at Uncle Quentin. 944 He took another sandwich. 'Yes, I know it sounds mad. Nobody else could possibly have got here. But I know there is 945 someone!' 'Oh don't Uncle!' said Anne, with a shiver. 'It sounds horrid. And you're all alone at night too!' 'Ah, that's just 946

936-Early (adj, adv) – cedo, antes do tempo usual 937-Least – nada, (não se importavam nada) 941-Tricky (adj) – complicado, difícil 941-Point (s) - ponto 943-Can’t help – não poder evitar 944-Besides (adv, prep) – além de (mim), além disso 944-World – na totalidade 944-Cried (to cry) - gritou 945-Shoulder (s) - ombro 945-Half (adj, adv) - quase 945-Stare (to) – olhar espantado 945-Amazement (s) - assombro

80

80

it! I wouldn't mind a bit if I was all alone at night!' said her uncle. 'What worries me is that I don't think I shall be all 947 alone.' 'Uncle, what makes you think there's somebody here?' asked Julian. 948 'Well, when I had finished the experiment I was doing last night - about half past three in the early morning it would be 949 - but pitch dark, of course,' said Uncle Quentin, 'I came into the open for a breath of fresh air. And I could swear I heard 950 somebody cough - yes, cough twice!' 'Good gracious!' said Aunt Fanny, startled. 'But Quentin - you might have been 951 mistaken. You do imagine things sometimes, you know, when you're tired.' 'Yes, I know,' said her husband. 'But I 952 couldn't imagine this, could I?' He put his hand into his pocket and took something out. He showed it to the others. It 953 was a cigarette end, quite crisp and fresh. 954 'Now, I don't smoke cigarettes. Nor do any of you! Well then who smoked that cigarette? And how did he come here? 955 No one would bring him by boat and that's the only way here.' There was a silence. Anne felt scared. George stared at 956 her father, puzzled. Who could be here? And why? And how had they got there? 957

947-Shiver (s) – arrepio, estremecimento 947-'Ah, that's just it! I wouldn't mind a bit if I was all alone at night!' – ora aí está!! Não me importava nada de ficar realmente só!! 950-early morning - madrugada 951-Pitch (s) - breu 951-Breath (s) – lufada, deslocação de ar 951-'I came into the open for a breath of fresh air. – Vim cá fora para apanhar um pouco de ar 951-Swear (to) - jurar 952-Cough (to) - tossir 952-Startled (adj) - alarmada 952-Startle (to) – alarmar, assustar 953-Tired (adj) – cansado, fatigado 955-cigarette end – ponta de cigarro 955-Crisp (adj) – recente, fresco 955-Fresh (adj) – fresco, novo, recente 957-Scared (adj) – apavorado, assustado

81

81

'Well, Quentin - what are you going to do?' said his wife. 'What would be best?' 'I'll be all right if George will give her 958 consent to something,' said Uncle Quentin. 'I want Timmy here, George! Will you leave him behind with me?' 959 Chapter Eleven 960 GEORGE MAKES A HARD CHOICE 961 THERE was a horrified silence. George stared at her father in complete dismay. Everyone waited to see what she 962 would say. 963 'But Father Timmy and I have never been separated once,' she said at last, in a pleading voice. 'I do see you want him to 964 guard you and you can have him but I'll have to stay here too!' 'Oh no!' said her father at once. 'You can't possibly stay, 965 George. That's out of the question. As for never being separated from Timmy, well surely you wouldn't mind that for 966 once? If it was to ensure my safety?' George swallowed hard. This was the most difficult decision she had ever had to 967 make in her life. Leave Timmy behind on the island where there was some unknown hidden enemy, likely to harm him 968 if he possibly could! And yet there was Father too he might be in danger if there was no one to guard him. 969

960-Behind (adv, prep) – atrás de 963-Wait (to) - esperar 965-At las – finalmente, por fim 965-Pleading (adj) – implorativo, suplicante 965-Plead (to) – rogar, suplicar, pedir 968-Ensure (to) - assegurar 968-Safety (s) - segurança 968-Swallow (to) – suportar, engolir 968-Ever (adv) – alguma vez 969-Behind (adv, prep) – atrás, para trás 969-Likely (adj) - possível 969-Harm (to) him – fazer-lhe dano

82

82

'I shall just have to stay here, Father,' she said. 'I can't leave Timmy behind unless I stay too. It's no good.' Her father 970 began to lose his temper. He was like George he wanted his own way, and if he didn't have it he was going to make a 971 fuss! 'If I'd asked Julian or Dick or Anne this same thing, and they'd had a dog, they would all have said yes, at once!' he 972 raged. 'But you, George, you must always make things difficult if you can! You and that dog anyone would think he 973 was worth a thousand pounds!' 'He's worth much more than that to me,' said George, in a trembling voice. Timmy crept 974 nearer to her and pushed his nose into her hand. She held his collar as if she would not let him go for a moment. 'Yes. 975 That dog's worth more to you than your father or mother or anyone,' said her father, in disgust. 976 'No, Quentin, I can't have you saying things like that,' said his wife, firmly. 'That's just silly. A mother and father are 977 quite different from a dog - they're loved in different ways. But you are perfectly right, of course -Timmy must stay 978 behind with you and I shall certainly not allow George to stay with him. I'm not going to have both of you exposed to 979 danger. It's bad enough to worry about you, as it is.' George looked at her mother in dismay. 980 'Mother! Do tell Father I must stay here with Timmy.' 'Certainly not,' said her mother. 'Now George, be unselfish. If it 981

970-Yet (adv) - ainda 974-Rage (to) – enfurecer-se 975-Worth (adj) – com o valor de 975-Thousand - mil 975-Pound (s) - libra 975-Trembling (adj) - trémulo 975-Crept (to creep) – arrastou-se 976-Near (adv, prep) - perto 976-Push (to) - empurrar 976-Held (to hold) - segurou 976-Collar (s) - coleira 977-Disgust (s) – desgosto profundo 978-Silly (adj) - disparatado

83

83

were left to Tim to decide, you know perfectly well that he would stay here - and stay without you. He would say to 982 himself, "I'm needed here my eyes are needed to spy out enemies, my ears to hear a quiet footfall and maybe my teeth 983 to protect my master. I shall be parted from George for a few days - but she, like me, is big enough to put .up with that!" 984 That's what Timmy would say, George, if it were left to him.' Everyone had been listening to this unexpected speech 985 with great attention. It was about the only one that could persuade George to give in willingly! She looked at Timmy. 986 He looked back at her, wagging his tail. Then he did an extraordinary thing he got up, walked over to George's father, 987 and lay down beside him, looking at George as if to say 'There you are! Now you know what I think is right!' 'You see?' 988 said her mother. 'He agrees with me. You've always said that Timmy was a good dog, and this proves it. He knows what 989 his duty is. You ought to be proud of him.' 'I am,' said George, in a choky voice. She got up and walked off. 'All right,' 990 she said over her shoulder. 'I'll leave him on the island with Father. I'll come back in a minute.' Anne got up to go after 991 poor George, but Julian pulled her down again. 'Leave her alone! She'll be all right. Good old Timmy you know what's 992 right and what's wrong, don't you? Good dog, splendid dog!' Timmy wagged his tail. He did not attempt to follow 993

982-Unselfish (adj) – generoso, altruísta 984-Footfall (s) – ruído de passos 985-Teeth (tooth – dente) - dentes 986-Unexpected (adj) - inesperado 986-Speech (s) - discurso 987-only one – única maneira 987-Willingly (adv) – voluntáriamente, de boa vontade 990-Agree (to) – concordar com 991-Duty (s) – dever moral 991-Choky (adj) - abafada 992-Shoulder (s) - ombro

84

84

George. No - he meant to stay by her father now, even though he would much rather be with his mistress. He was 994 sorry that George was unhappy - but sometimes it was better to do a hard thing and be unhappy about it, than try to be 995 happy without doing it. 996 'Oh Quentin dear, I don't like this business of you being here and somebody else, spying on you,' said his wife. 'I really 997 don't. How long will you be before you've finished your work?' 'A few days more,' said her husband. He looked at 998 Timmy admiringly. 'That dog might almost have known what you were saying, Fanny, just now. It was remarkable the 999 way he walked straight over to me.' 'He's a very clever dog,' said Anne, warmly. 'Aren't you, Tim? You'll be quite safe 1000 with him, Uncle Quentin. He's terribly fierce when he wants to be!' 'Yes. I shouldn't care to have him leaping at my 1001 throat,' said her uncle. 'He's so big and powerful. Are there any more pieces of cake?' 'Quentin, it's really too bad of you 1002 to go without your meals,' said his wife. 'It's no good telling me you haven't, because you wouldn't be as ravenous as 1003 this if you had had your food regularly.' Her husband took no notice of what she was saying. He was looking up at his 1004 tower. 'Do you ever see those wires at the top blaze out?' he asked. 'Wonderful sight, isn't it?' 'Uncle, you're not 1005

994-Attempt (to) - tentar 995-Mean (to) – resolver, decidir 996-Unhappy (adj) - infeliz 999- How long – quanto tempo 1000-Admiringly – (adv) – com admiração 1000-Almost (adv) - quase 1000-just now – há bocado 1000-Remarkable (adj) - notável 1001-Way (s) – modo, maneira 1001-Straight (adj) - direito 1001-Warmly (adv) – calorosamente, vivamente 1002-Leap (to) – pular, saltar 1002-Care (s) – cuidado, atenção, cautela 1003-Throat (s) – garganta, goela 1004-Without (prep) - sem 1004-'It's no good telling me you haven't – não é bom dizeres-me que não é verdade (pois bem vejo como estás esfomeado)

85

85

inventing a new atom bomb, or anything, are you?' asked Anne. 1006 Her uncle looked at her scornfully. 'I wouldn't waste my time inventing things that will be used to kill and maim people! 1007 No - I'm inventing something that will be of the greatest use to mankind. You wait and see!' George came back. 'Father,' 1008 she said, 'I'm leaving Timmy behind for you - but please will you do something for me?' 'What?' asked her father. 'No 1009 silly conditions now! I shall feed Timmy regularly, and look after him, if that's what you want to ask me. I may forget 1010 my own meals, but you ought to know me well enough to know I shouldn't neglect any animal dependent on me.' 'Yes I 1011 know, Father,' said George, looking a bit doubtful all the same. 'What I wanted to ask you was this when you go up in 1012 the tower to signal each morning, will you please take Timmy with you? I shall be up at the coastguard cottage, looking 1013 through his telescope at the glass room in the tower and I shall be able to see Timmy then. If I can catch just a glimpse 1014 of him each day and know he's all right, I shan't worry so much.' 'Very well,' said her father. 'But I don't suppose for a 1015 moment that Timmy will be able to climb up the spiral stairway.' 'Oh, he can, Father he's been up it once already,' said 1016 George. 1017

1006-Ever (adv) - já 1006-Blaze (to) - resplandecer 1006-Sight (s) - visão 1008-Scornfully (adv) – desdenhosamente, com desdém 1008-Waste (to) - desperdiçar 1008-Maim (to) – aleijar, estropiar, mutilar 1009-Mankind (s) - humanidade 1010-Behind (adv, prep) - atrás 1011-Silly (adj) - disparatado 1011-Feed (to) - alimentar 1012-Neglect (to) – desleixar, esquecer 1013-Doubtful (adj) – duvidoso, incerto 1013-All the same – mesmo assim 1013-Ask (to) – pedir, perguntar 1015-Catch (to) - apanhar 1016-Glimpse (s) – vislumbre, visão rápida 1016-Worry (to) – afligir-se 1016-so much - tanto 1017-Stairway – escadaria especial

86

86

'Good heavens!' said her father. 'Has the dog been up there too? -All right, George I promise I'll take him up with me 1018 each morning that I signal, and get him to wag his tail at you. There! Will that satisfy you?' 'Yes. Thank you,' said 1019 George. 'And you'll give him a few kind words and a pat occasionally, Father,' won't you...and...?' 'And put his bib on 1020 for him at meal-times, I suppose, and clean his teeth for him at night!' said her father, looking cross again. 'I shall treat 1021 Timmy like a proper grown-up dog, a friend of mine, George - and believe me, that's the way he wants me to treat him. 1022 Isn't it, Timmy? 1023 You like all those frills to be kept for your mistress, don't you, not for me?' 'Woof,' said Timmy, and thumped his tail. 1024 The children looked at him admiringly. He really was a very sensible clever dog. He seemed somehow much more 1025 grown-up than George. 1026 'Uncle, if anything goes wrong, or you want help or anything, flash eighteen times again,' said Julian. 'You ought to be 1027 all right with Timmy. He's better than a dozen policemen but you never know.' 'Right. Eighteen flashes if I want you 1028 over here for anything,' said his uncle. 'I'll remember. Now you'd better all go. It's time I got on with my work.' 'You'll 1029

1019-'Good heavens! – meu Deus!! 1021-Pat (s) - afago 1021-Occasionally (adv) - ocasionalmente 1022-Clean (to) - limpar 1022-Teeth (s) - dentes 1022-Cross (adj) - zangado 1022-Treat (to) - tratar 1023-Proper (adj) - conveniente 1023-Grown-up - adulto 1025-Frills – mimos, folhos de vestuário 1026-Admiringly (adv) – com admiração 1026-Sensible (adj) – sensato, razoável 1026-Somehow (adv) – e certo modo, seja como for 1028-Ought (to) - dever 1029-but you never know. – mas nunca se sabe

87

87

pour that soup away, won't you, Quentin?' said his wife, anxiously. 'You don't want to make yourself ill by eating bad 1030 soup. It must be green by now! It would be, so like you to forget all about it while it was fresh and good and only 1031 remember it when it was bad!' 'What a thing to say!' said her husband, getting up. 'Anyone would think I was five years 1032 old, without a brain in my head, the way you talk to me!' 'You've plenty of brains, dear, we all know that,' said his wife. 1033 'But you don't seem very old sometimes! Now look after yourself and keep Timmy by you all the time.' 'Father won't 1034 need to bother about that,' said George. 'Timmy will keep by him! You're on guard, Timmy, aren't you? And you know 1035 what that means!' 'Woof,' said Timmy, solemnly. He went with them all to the boat, but he did not attempt to get in. He 1036 stood by George's father and watched the boat bob away over the water. 'Good-bye, Timmy!' shouted George, in a 1037 funny, fierce voice. 'Look after yourself!' Her father waved, and Timmy wagged his tail. George took one of the pairs of 1038 oars from Dick and began to row furiously, her face red with the hard work. 1039 Julian looked at her in amusement. It was hard work for him, too, to keep up with the furious rowing, but he didn't say 1040 anything. He knew all this fury in rowing was George's way of hiding her grief at parting with Timmy. Funny old 1041

1035-By (prep) – junto a, perto de 1036-Bother (to) - aborrecer 1036-'Timmy will keep by him! – o tim manter-se-á perto dele 1037-Solemnly (adv) – solenemente, com ar grave 1037-Attempt (to) - tentar 1038-He stood by George's father – manteve-se perto do pai de George 1038-Bob (to) – balancear-se 1039-Funny (adj) – engraçado, cómico 1039-Fierce (adj) – muito intenso 1039-a funny, fierce voice. – voz comovida 1039-'Look after yourself! – olha por ti!! 1039-Wave (to) – acenar com a mão 1040-Furiously (adv) - furiosamente 1041-Amusement (s) - divertimento 1041-Keep (to) up with – acompanhar, manter-se a par de

1031-Pour (to) - derramar 1031-'You'll pour that soup away, won't you, Quentin?' – deitas a sopa fora, sim Quentin? 1031-Anxiously (adv) - ansiosamente 1031-Ill (adj, adv) – doente, mal 1032-Green – verde (sopa estragada) 1032-While (conj) - enquanto 1032-It would be, so like you – seria mesmo teu!!! (esqueceres-te…) 1033-'What a thing to say! – que disparate!! 1033-'Anyone would think I was five years old, without a brain in my head, the way you talk to me! – devem pensar que eu tenho cinco anos de idade e não tenho cérebro na cabeça, pela maneira como tu falas comigo! 1034-Plenty (s) - abundância 1034-Brain (s) – cérebro, miolos 1035-'But you don't seem very old sometimes! – mas às vezes não pareces muito crescido!! 1035-Now look after yourself – agora cuida de ti

88

88

George! She was always so intense about things furiously happy or furiously unhappy, in the seventh heaven of 1042 delight or down in the very depths of despair or anger. 1043 Everyone talked hard so that George would think they were not noticing her feelings at parting with Timmy. The talk, 1044 of course, was mostly about the unknown man on the island. It seemed very mysterious indeed that he should suddenly 1045 have arrived. 1046 'How did he get there? I'm sure not one of the fishermen would have taken him,' said Dick. 'He must have gone at night, 1047 of course, and I doubt if there is anyone but George who would know the way in the dark or even dare to try and find it. 1048 These rocks are so close together, and so near the surface; one yard out of the right course and any boat would have a 1049 hole in the bottom!' 'No one could reach the island by swimming from the shore,' said Anne. 'It's too far, and the sea is 1050 too rough over these rocks. I honestly do wonder if there is anyone on the island after all. Perhaps that cigarette end was 1051 an old one.' 'It didn't look it,' said Julian. 'Well, it just beats me how anyone got there!' He fell into thought, puzzling out 1052 all the possible and impossible ways. Then he gave an exclamation. The others looked at him. 1053

1050-These rocks are so close together – estas rochas estão tão juntas 1050-Yard (s) – jarda (centimetres) 1051-hole in the bottom! – buraco (furo) no fundo 1051-Reach (to) – atingir, alcançar 1051-Swim (to) - nadar 1051-Far (adj, adv) – longe, distante 1052-Rough (adj) – severo, violento 1052-Over (prep) – por cima de 1052-Wonder (to) – pasmar, duvidar 1052-After all – afinal, no fim de contas 1052-cigarette end – ponta de cigarro 1053-Beat (to) – agitar, intrigar 1053-Anyone (pron) - alguém 1053-got there!' – colocou lá, deixou lá 1053-Fall (to) – inclinar-se 1053-Thought (to think) - pensando 1053-Puzzling out – solução depois de várias tentativas

1042-Grief (s) - sofrimento 1042-Parting (to part) – de se separar (do Tim) 1042-Part (to) with – desfazer-se de, separar-se de 1042-Funny old George! – curiosa rapariga!! 1043-seventh heaven of delight – no sétimo céu da felicidade 1044-Depth (s) - profundeza 1044-Despair (s) - desespero 1044-Anger (s) – cólera, ira 1045-talked hard – falar muito, conversar animadamente 1045-Noticing (to notice) – reparar em, prestar atenção a 1045-Part (to) with – desfazer-se de, separar-se de 1046-Mostly (adv) – sobretudo, principalmente 1046-Unknown (adj) - desconhecido 1046-Indeed (adv) – de facto, na verdade 1046-Suddenly (adv) - súbitamente 1047-Arrive (to) - chegar 1049-But (prep) - excepto 1049-Dare (to) - ousar

89

89

'I've just thought would it be possible for an aeroplane to parachute anyone down on the island? I did hear a throbbing 1054 noise one night was it last night? It must have been a plane's engine, of course! Could anyone be dropped on the island?' 1055 'Easily,' said Dick. 'I believe you've hit on the explanation, Ju! Good for you! But I say whoever it is must be in deadly 1056 earnest, to risk being dropped on a small island like that in the dark of night!' In deadly earnest! That didn't sound at all 1057 nice. A little shiver went down Anne's back. 'I am glad Timmy's there,' she said. And everyone felt the same yes, even 1058 George! 1059 Chapter Twelve 1060 THE. OLD MAP AGAIN 1061 IT was only about half past one when they arrived back, because they had had lunch so very early, and had not stayed 1062 long on the island. Joanna was most surprised to see them. 1063 'Well, here you are again!' she said. 'I hope you don't all want another lunch, because there's nothing in the house till I 1064 go to the butcher's!' 'Oh no, Joanna - we've had our picnic lunch,' said her mistress, 'and it was a good thing we packed 1065

1054-Way (s) – modo, maneira 1055-Parachute (to) – descer em pára-quedas 1055-Throbbing (s) – ruído de máquina 1056-Drop (to) – deixar cair 1057-Hit (s) - êxito 1057-Whoever (pron) – seja quem for, quem quer que 1057-Must (to) – ser obrigado a 1057-Deadly (adv) - muito 1058-Earnest (adj) - cuidadoso 1059-Shiver (s) – arrepio, calafrio 1059- Be (to) glad – estar satisfeito com 1063-Early (adj, adv) - cedo 1064-Most (adj, adv) - muitíssimo

90

90

so much, because the master ate quite half of the lunch! He still hasn't had that nice soup we made for him. Now it 1066 will be bad, of course.' 'Oh, the men! They're as bad as children!' said Joanna. 1067 'Well!' said George. 'Do you really think any of us would let your good soup go bad, Joanna? You know jolly well we'd 1068 probably eat it up before we ought to!' 'That's true I wouldn't accuse any of you four or Timmy either of playing about 1069 with your food,' said Joanna. 'You make good work of it, the lot of you. But where is Timmy?' 'I left him behind to look 1070 after Father,' said George. Joanna stared at her in surprise. She knew how passionately fond of Timmy George was. 1071 'You're a very good girl - sometimes!' she said. 'See now - if you're still hungry because your father has eaten most of 1072 your lunch, you go and look in the biscuit tin; I made you some of your favourite ginger biscuits this morning. You go 1073 and find them.' That was always Joanna's way! If she thought anyone was upset, she offered them, her best and freshest 1074 food. George went off to find the biscuits. 1075 'You're a kind soul, Joanna,' said George's mother. 'I'm so thankful we left Timmy there. I feel happier about the master 1076 now.' 'What shall we do this afternoon?' said Dick, when they had finished munching the delicious ginger biscuits. 'I 1077

1066-Butcher (s) – carniceiro, talho 1067-Ate (to eat) - comeu 1068-Now it will be bad, of course. – agora estará estragada sem dúvida 1071-lot of you – todos vocês 1071-Behind (adv, prep) – para trás 1072-Passionately (adv) - apaixonadamente 1074-Tin (s) - lata 1075-That was always Joanna's way! – era sempre este o modo de ser da joana 1075-Upset (s) - indisposto 1077-Soul (s) - alma 1077-Thankful (adj) – grato, reconhecido 1077-Happier - felicíssima

91

91

say, aren't these good? You know, I do think good cooks deserve some kind of decoration, just as much as good soldiers 1078 or scientists, or writers. I should give Joanna the O.B.C.B.E.' 'Whatever's that?' said Julian. 1079 'Order of the Best Cooks of the British Empire,' said Dick grinning. 'What did you think it was? "Oh, Be Careful Before 1080 Eating"?' 'You really are an absolute donkey,' said Julian. 'Now, what shall we do this afternoon?' 'Go and explore the 1081 passage in the quarry,' said George. 1082 Julian cocked an eye at the window. 'It's about to pour with rain,' he said. 'I don't think that clambering up and down the 1083 steep sides of that quarry in the wet would be very easy. No we'll leave that till a fine day.' 'I'll tell you what we'll do,' 1084 said Anne, suddenly. 'Do you remember that old map of Kirrin Castle we once found in a box? It had plans of the castle 1085 in it - a plan of the dungeons, and of the ground floor, and of the top part. Well, let's have it out and study it? Now we 1086 know there is another hiding-place somewhere, we might be able to trace it on that old map. It's sure to be on it 1087 somewhere - but perhaps we didn't notice it before!' The others looked at her, thrilled. 'Now that really is a brilliant idea 1088 of yours, Anne,' said Julian, and Anne glowed with pleasure at his praise. 'A very fine idea indeed. Just the thing for a 1089

1079-Cook (s) - cozinheiro 1079-Deserve (to) - merecer 1079-Decoration (s) - condecoração 1079-As much as – tanto como 1082-Donkey (s) – burro, jumento 1084-Pour (to) – derramar, entornar líquido 1084-'It's about to pour with rain – vai cair uma carga de água 1085-Steep (adj) – íngreme, escarpado 1085-Wet (s) – humidade, chuva, tempo chuvoso 1085-Leave (to) – deixar ficar 1085-Till (prep) - até 1087-Ground floor (s) – rés do chão 1087-Top - superior 1089-Notice (to) – reparar em, prestar atenção 1089-Thrill (to) – arrebatar, entusiasmar

92

92

wet afternoon. Where's the map? I suppose you've got it somewhere safe, George?' 'Oh yes,' said George. 'It's still in 1090 that old wooden box, inside the tin lining. I'll get it.' She disappeared upstairs and came down again with the map. It was 1091 made of thick parchment, and was yellow with age. She laid it out on the table. The others bent over it, eager to look at 1092 it once more. 1093 'Do you remember how frightfully excited we were when we first found the box?' said Dick. 1094 'Yes, and we couldn't open it, so we threw it out of the top window down to the ground below, hoping it would burst 1095 open!' said George. 1096 'And the crash woke up Uncle Quentin,' said Anne, with a giggle. 'And he came out and got the box and wouldn't let us 1097 have it!' 'Oh dear yes and poor Julian had to wait till Uncle Quentin was asleep, and creep in and get the box to see what 1098 was in it!' finished Dick. 'And we found this map and how we pored over it!' They all pored over it again. It was in three 1099 parts, as Anne had said - a plan of the dungeons, a plan of the ground floor and a plan of the top part. 1100 'It's no good bothering about the top part of the castle,' said Dick. 'It's all fallen down and ruined. There's practically 1101

1090-Glow (to) – enher-se de satisfação 1090-Praise (s) – elogio, louvor 1091-Wet (adj) - chuvoso 1092-Wooden (adj) – de madeira 1092-tin lining – revestimento de lata 1093-Thick (adj) - espesso 1093-Parchment (s) - pergaminho 1093-Laid (to) – colocar, assentar 1093-Bent (to bend) – inclinar-se, curvar-se 1093-Eager (adj) – ansioso, impaciente 1095-Frightfully (adv) – terrívelmente, extremamente 1096-Threw (to throw) – atirar, lançar 1096-Ground (s) - solo 1096-Below (adv, prep) – em baixo 1098-Crash (s) – barulho de coisas partidas 1098-Woke (to wake up) – despertou, acordou 1100-Pore (to) – meditar, ler atentamente

93

93

none of it left, except for that one tower.' 'I say!' said Julian, suddenly putting his finger on a certain spot in the map, 'do 1102 you remember there were two entrances to the dungeons? One that seemed to start somewhere about that little stone 1103 room and the other that started where we did at last find the entrance? Well we never found the other entrance, did we?' 1104 'No! We didn't!' said George, in excitement. She pushed Julian's finger away from the map. 'Look -- there are steps 1105 shown here somewhere where that little room is - so there must be an entrance there! Here's the other flight of steps - 1106 the ones we did find, near the well.' 'I remember that we hunted pretty hard for the entrance in the little room,' said 1107 Dick. 'We scraped away the weeds from every single stone, and gave it up at last. Then we found the other entrance, 1108 and forgot all about this one.' 'And I think Father has found the entrance we didn't find!' said George, triumphantly. 'It 1109 leads underground, obviously. Whether or not it joins up with the dungeons we know I can't make out from this map. 1110 It's a bit blurred here. But it's quite plain that there is an entrance here, with Stone steps leading underground 1111 somewhere! See, there's some sort of passage or tunnel marked, leading from the steps. Goodness knows where it goes, 1112 it's so smeared.' 'It joins up with the dungeons, I expect,' said Julian. 'We never explored the whole of them; you know -- 1113

1102-Bother (to) - aborrecer 1102-Fall (to) – cair, tombar 1103-Spot (s) – lugar, sítio, ponto 1105-at last – finalmente, por fim 1106-Step (s) – degrau de escada, passo, passada 1107-Show (to) - mostrar 1107-Somewhere (adv) - algures 1107-Flight (s) – lanço de escadas 1109-Scrap (to) – deitar fora 1109-gave it up (to give up) – render-se, desistir, abandonar 1110-Triumphantly - triunfantemente 1111-Lead (to) - conduzir 1111-Obviously – óbviamente, evidentemente 1111-Whether (pron. Interr. e pron. Rel.) - qual 1111-Join (to) – ligar, combinar, juntar 1111-Make (to) out – distinguir com clareza, compreender 1112-Blur (to) – borratar, manchar 1112-Plain (adj) – claro, evidente 1112-Lead (to) - conduzir 1113-Goodness knows where it goes – só Deus sabe onde ele vai dar!

94

94

they're so vast and weird. If we explored the whole place, we should probably come across the stone steps leading 1114 from somewhere near that little room. Still, they may be ruined or fallen in now.' 'No, they can't be,' said George. 'I'm 1115 perfectly sure that's the entrance Father has found. And I'll tell you something that seems to prove it, too.' 'What?' said 1116 everyone. 1117 'Well, do you remember the other day when we first went to see Father?' said George. 'He didn't let us stay long, and he 1118 came to see us off at the boat. Well, we tried to see where he went, but we couldn't -- but Dick said he saw the jackdaws 1119 rising up in a flock, as if they had been suddenly disturbed -- and he wondered if Father had gone somewhere in that 1120 direction.' Julian whistled. 'Yes -- the jackdaws build in the tower, which is by the little room - and anyone going into 1121 the room would disturb them. I believe you're right, George.' 'It's been puzzling me awfully where Uncle Quentin could 1122 be doing his work,' said Dick. 'I simply could not solve the mystery - but now I think we have!' 'I wonder how Father 1123 found his hiding-place,' said George, thoughtfully. 'I still think it was mean of him not to tell me.' 'There must have been 1124 some reason,' said Dick, sensibly. 'Don't start brooding again!' 'I'm not,' said George. 'I'm puzzled, that's all. I wish we 1125

1114-Smear (to) – sujar, manchar 1114-Whole - totalidade 1115-Weird (adj) – misteriosos, lúgubres 1118-Everyone (pron) – toda a gente 1121-Flock (s) – bando (de aves) 1122-Whistle (to) - assobiar 1122-Build (to) – construir, edificar 1122-Which - que 1122-By (prep) – perto de 1122-Anyone (pron) - alguém 1123-'It's been puzzling me – tem-me intrigado 1123-Awfully (adv) – terrívelmente, imenso 1125-Thoughtfully (adv) – pensativamente, reflectidamente 1125-Mean (adj) - maldoso

95

95

could take the boat and go over to the island at once, and explore!' 'Yes. I bet we'd find the entrance all right now,' said 1126 'Dick. 'Your father is sure to have left some trace of where it is - a stone a bit cleaner than the rest -or weeds scraped off 1127 or something.' 'Do you suppose the unknown enemy on the island knows Uncle Quentin's hiding-place?' said Anne, 1128 suddenly. 'Oh, I do hope he doesn't! He could so easily shut him in if he did.' 'Well, he hasn't gone there to shut Uncle 1129 up -- he's gone there to steal his secret, or find it out,' said Julian. 'Golly, I'm thankful he's got Timmy. Timmy could 1130 tackle a dozen enemies.' 'Not if they had guns,' said George, in a small voice. There was a silence. It was not a nice 1131 thought to think of Timmy at the wrong end of a gun. This had happened once or twice before in their adventures, and 1132 they didn't want to think of it happening again. 1133 'Well, it's no good thinking silly things like that,' said Dick, getting up. 'We've had a jolly interesting half-hour. I think 1134 we've solved that mystery. But I suppose we shan't know for certain till your father's finished his experiment, George, 1135 and left the island - then we can go over and have a good snoop round.' 'It's still raining,' said Anne, looking out of the 1136 window. 'But it's a bit clearer. It looks as if the sun will be out soon. Let's go for a walk.' 'I shall go up to the 1137

1135-Silly (adj) - disparatado 1136-we shan't know for certain till your father's finished his experiment – não podemos saber nada ao certo até que o teu pai acabe as experiências 1136-Certain (adj) - certo 1137-Snoop (to) – bisbilhotar, mexericar 1137-Round – em tudo, por inteiro 1137-Rain (to) - chover

1126-Sensibly (adv) - sensatamente 1126-Brood (to) - cismar 1126-Puzzled - perplexa 1127-Bet (to) - apostar 1128-Bit (s) - pedaço 1128-Cleaner – mais limpo (que o resto) 1129-Scrap (to) – deitar fora 1129-Enemy (adj) - inimigo 1130-Shut (to) – fechar, encerrar 1130-he hasn't gone there to shut Uncle up – ele não foi para lá para fechar o tio 1131-Steal (to) – roubar, furtar 1131-or find it out – ou descobri-lo 1131-Golly – meu Deus!, safa! 1131-Thankful (adj) - grato 1132-Tackle (to) – agarrar, fazer parar 1132-Dozen (s) - dúzia 1132-Small (adj) – baixa (voz) 1133-Wrong (adj) – mau, injusto

96

96

coastguard's cottage,' said George, at once. 'I want to look through his telescope to see if I can just get a glimpse of 1138 Timmy.' 'Try the field-glasses,' suggested Julian. 'Go up to the top of the house with them.' 'Yes, I will,' said George. 1139 'Thanks for the idea.' She fetched the field-glasses, where they hung in the hall, and took them out of their leather case. 1140 She ran upstairs with them. But she soon came down again, looking disappointed. 1141 'The house isn't high enough for me to see much of the island properly. I can see the glass top of the tower easily, of 1142 course -- but the telescope would show it much better. It's more powerful. I think I'll go up and have a squint. You don't 1143 need to come if you don't want to.' She put the glasses back into their case. 1144 'Oh, we'll all come and have a squint for old Timmy-dog,' said Dick, getting up. 'And I don't mind telling you what we'll 1145 see!' 'What?' said George, in surprise. 1146 'We'll see Timmy having a perfectly wonderful time, chasing every single rabbit on the island!' said Dick with a grin. 1147 'My word - you needn't worry about Timmy not having his food regularly! He'll have rabbit for breakfast, rabbit for 1148 dinner, rabbit for tea and rain-water from his favourite pool. Not a bad life for old Timmy !' 'You know perfectly well 1149

1139-Glimpse (s) – vislumbre, visão rápida 1140-Field-glass – binóculo de campanha 1141-Fetch (to) – ir buscar 1141-Hung (to hang) – suspender, pendurar 1141-Leather (s) - couro 1141-Case (s) - estojo 1143-Properly (adv) - convenientemente 1144-Squint (s) - estrabismo 1148-Chasing (to chase) – perseguir, afugentar

97

97

he'll do nothing of the sort,' said George. 'He'll keep close to Father and not think of rabbits once!' 'You don't know 1150 Timmy if you think that,' said Dick, dodging out of George's way. She was turning red with exasperation. 'I bet that's 1151 why he wanted to stay. Just for the rabbits!' George threw a book at him. It crashed to the floor. Anne giggled. 'Oh stop 1152 it, you two. We'll never get out. Come on, Ju - we won't wait for the squabblers!' 1153 Chapter Thirteen 1154 AFTERNOON WITH MARTIN 1155 By the time they reached the coastguard's cottage the sun was out. It was a real April day, with sudden showers and 1156 then the sun sweeping out, smiling. Every thing glittered, especially the sea. It was wet underfoot, but the children had 1157 on their rubber boots. 1158 They looked for the coastguard. As usual he was in his shed, singing and hammering. 1159 'Good-day to you,' he said, beaming all over his red face. 'I was wondering when you'd come and see me again. How do 1160 you like, this railway station I'm making?' 'It's better' than any I've ever seen in the shops,' said Anne, in great 1161

1151-Close (adj, adv) - próximo 1152-Dodge (to) – esquivar-se, furtar-se 1152-Bet (to) - apostar 1153-Threw (to throw) – atirar, lançar 1153-Crash (to) – cair com barulho 1154-Squabbler (s) – brigão, desordeiro 1157-By the time – na altura em que 1157-Reach (to) – chegar a, atingir, alcançar 1157-the sun was out – o sol começou a descobrir-se 1157-Sudden (adj) - súbito 1157-Shower (s) - aguaceiro 1158-Sweeping (adj) – impetuoso, arrebatador 1158-Smiling (adj) – sorridente, propício, favorável 1158-Glitter (to) – cintilar, resplandecer, brilhar 1158-Wet (adj) - molhado 1158-Underfoot (adv) debaixo dos pés 1160-Look (to) for – procurar, andar em busca de 1160-Shed (s) - telheiro 1160-Hammer (to) - martelar 1161-Beaming (adj) – radiante, vivo 1161-Beam (to) – sorrir, irradiar alegria

98

98

admiration. The coastguard certainly had made it well, down to the smallest' detail. 1162 He 'nodded his head towards some small wooden figures of porters and guards and passengers. 'Those are waiting to be 1163 painted,' he said. 'That boy Martin said he'd come in and do them for me, very handy with his paints he is, a proper artist 1164 but he's had an accident.' 'Has he? What happened?' said Julian. 1165 'I don't quite know. He was half-carried home this morning by his father,' said the coastguard. 'Must have slipped and 1166 fallen somewhere. I went out to ask, but Mr. Curton was in a hurry to get the boy on a couch. Why don't you go in and 1167 ask after him? He's a queer sort of boy -- but he's not a bad boy.' 'Yes, we will go and ask,' said Julian. 'I say, 1168 coastguard, would you mind if we looked through your telescope again?' 'Now you go and look at all you want to!' said 1169 the fellow. 'I tell you, you won't wear it out by looking! I saw the signal from your father's tower last night, Miss 1170 George - just happened to be looking that way. He went on flashing for a long time, didn't he?' 'Yes,' said George 1171 'Thank you. I'll go and have a look now.' 'She went to the telescope and trained it on her island. But no matter where she 1172 looked she could not see Timmy, or her father. They' must be down in his workroom, wherever it was. She looked at the 1173

1162-Railway – caminho de ferro 1162-Ever (adv) – alguma vez 1162-Any (adj, pron) - qualquer 1163-Certainly (adv) - certamente 1163-down to the smallest' detail – descendo aos mais pequenos detalhes 1164-Wooden (adj) – de madeira 1164-Porter (s) – carregador, bagageiro 1164-Guard (s) – empregado de estação 1164-Those (adj, pron) - esses 1165-Handy (adj) - habilidoso 1167-Carry (to) – transportar, levar 1167-Slip (to) – escorregar, deslizar 1168-Fall (to) – cair, tombar 1168-Hurry (s) – pressa, confusão 1168-Couch (s) - sofá 1170-and look at all you want to – e vejam tudo o que quiserem 1171-Fellow (s) – velhote, indivíduo 1171-Wear (to) - desgastar 1171-'I tell you, you won't wear it out by looking! – já lhes disse que ele não se gasta por o usarem 1173-Train (to) – apontar, dirigir, assestar 1173-Matter (to) - importar

99

99

glass room in the top of the tower. That was empty too, of course. She sighed. It would have been nice to see Timmy.' 1174 The others had a look through as well, but nobody saw Timmy. It was plain that he was keeping close to his master -- a 1175 proper little guard! 'Well -- shall we go in and see what's happened to Martin?' said 'Julian, when they had finished with 1176 the telescope. 'It's just about to pour with rain again - another April: shower! We could wait next-door' till it's over.' 1177 'Right. Let's go,' 'said, Dick. He looked at George. 'Don't be afraid I shall be rude, George. Now that I know Mr. Curton 1178 is a journalist, shan't bother, about 'him.' 'All the same -- I'm not "blabbing" any more,' said George, with a 'grin. 'I 'see 1179 your point now even if it doesn't matter, I still shan't "blab" any' more." 'Good for you!' said Dick, pleased. 'Spoken like 1180 a boy!' 'Ass!' said George, but she was pleased 'all the same. They went through the front gateway of the next cottage. 1181 As they filed in, they heard an angry voice. 1182 'Well, you can't! Always wanting to mess about with a brush and paint. I thought I'd knocked that idea out of your head. 1183 You lie still and get that ankle-better. Spraining it just when I want your help!' Anne stopped, feeling frightened. It was 1184 Mr. Curton's voice they could hear through the open window. He was giving Martin a good talking to about something, 1185

1175-Empty (adj) - vazio 1175-Sigh (to) - suspirar 1176-Plain (adj) – claro, óbvio 1178-Pour (to) – chover torrencialmente 1178-next-door' – aqui ao lado 1179-'Don't be afraid I shall be rude – não tenhas medo que eu seja antipático 1180-Bother (to) – aborrecer, preocupar 1180-All the same – mesmo assim 1180-Blabbing (s) – indiscrição, tagarelice 1181-Still (to) – reduzir ao silêncio, acalmar 1182-'Spoken like a boy! – estás a falar como um rapaz 1182-was pleased – ficou contente 1182-Gateway (s) - portão 1183-Filed (to file) – aproximaram, desfilaram, 1184-Want (to) – querer, pretender, desejar 1184-Brush (s) - pincel 1184-Paint (s) - tinta 1184-Knock out (to) – pôr de parte, fazer sair 1185-Still (to) – acalmar 1185-Ankle (s) - tornozelo 1185-Spring (to) - enfraquecer 1185-Frightened (adj) - assustado

100

100

that was plain. The others stopped too, wondering whether to go in or not. Then they heard a bang, and saw Mr. 1186 Curton leaving the cottage from the back entrance. He walked rapidly down the garden there and made for the path, that 1187 led to the back of the cliff. There was a road there that went to the village. 1188 'Good. He's gone. And he didn't see us!' said Dick. 'Who would have thought that such a genial, smiling fellow could 1189 have such a rough brutal voice when he loses his temper? Come on - let's pop in and see poor Martin while there's a 1190 chance.' They knocked on the door. 'It's us!' called Julian cheerfully. 'Can we come in?' 'Oh yes!' shouted Martin from 1191 indoors, sounding pleased. Julian opened the door and they all went in. 1192 'I say! We heard you'd had an accident,' said Julian. 'What's up? Are you hurt much?' 'No. It's just that I twisted my 1193 ankle, and it was so painful to walk on, that I had to be half-carried up here, said Martin. 'Silly thing to do!' 'Oh - it'll 1194 soon be right if it's just a twist,' said Dick 'I've often done that. The thing is to walk on it as soon as you can. Where 1195 were you when you fell?' Martin went suddenly red, to everyone's surprise. 'Well -- I was walking on the edge of the 1196 quarry with my father -- and I slipped and rolled a good way down,' he said. 1197

1196-Silly (adj) – tolo, parvo, estúpido 1196-Often (adv) - frequentemente 1196-'I've often done that – já me aconteceu isso várias vezes 1196-The thing is to walk on it as soon as you can – a coisa está em recomeçares a andar logo que possas 1197-Fell (to fall) – caiste, (cair) 1197-to everyone's surprise – para surpresa de todos 1197-Edge (s) – orla, borda

1187-Plain – evidente, sério 1187-Whether (conj) - se 1188-back entrance – porta das traseiras 1189-Lead (to) - conduzir 1191-Rough (adj) - brutal 1191-Lose (to) - perder 1191-Pop in (to) – entrar súbitamente 1191-While (conj) - enquanto 1192-Knock (to) – bater com barulho 1192-Cheerfully (adv) – alegremente, animadamente 1193-Indoor (adj) – interior de casa 1193-sounding pleased – parecendo muito satisfeito 1194-'What's up? – o que se passa? 1194-Hurt (to) – ferir, magoar 1194-Twist (to) – torcer, entortar 1195-Ankle (s) - tornozelo 1195-Painful (adj) - doloroso 1195-'Silly thing to do! – uma coisa mesmo estúpida!!

101

101

There was a silence. Then George spoke. 'I say,' she said, 'I hope you didn't go and give away our little secret to your 1198 father? I mean -- it's not so much fun when grown-ups share a secret. They want to go snooping about themselves -- and 1199 it's much more fun to discover things by ourselves. You didn't tell him about that hole under the shelf of rock, did you?' 1200 Martin hesitated. 'I'm afraid I did,' he said at last. 'I didn't think it would matter. I'm sorry.' 'Blow!' said Dick. 'That was 1201 our own little discovery. We wanted to go and explore it this afternoon, but we thought it would be so wet we'd fall 1202 down the steep slope.' Julian looked at Martin sharply. 'I suppose that's what happened to you?' he said. 'You tried 1203 clambering down and slipped!' 'Yes,' said Martin. 'I'm really sorry if you thought it was your secret. I just mentioned it 1204 to my father out of interest -- you know -- something to say - and he wanted to go down and see for himself.' 'I suppose 1205 journalists are always like that,' said Dick. 'Wanting to be on the spot if there's anything to be ferreted out. It's their job. 1206 All right, Martin -- forget it. But do try and head your father off the quarry. We would like to do a bit of exploring, 1207 before he butts in. Though there may be nothing to be found at all!' There was a pause. Nobody knew quite what to say. 1208 Martin was rather difficult to talk to. He didn't talk like an ordinary boy - he never made a joke, or said anything silly. 1209

1198-Slip (to) - escorregar 1199-'I say,' – ouve lá 1199-Give away (to) – mostrar, expor 1200-Snoop (to) – bisbilhotar, meter o nariz em tudo 1201-Hole (s) - buraco 1201-Shelf (s) - prateleira 1201-Rock - rocha 1202-At last – finalmente, por fim 1203-Wet (adj) – molhado, encharcado 1204-Steep (adj) – íngreme, escarpado 1204-Slope (s) – encosta, declive 1204-Sharply (adv) – de maneira cortante, rispidamente 1206-out of interest – sem nenhum interesse especial 1206-something to say – só para fazer conversa 1207-Spot (s) – lugar, sítio 1207-Ferret (to) – pesquisar, esquadrinhar 1207-Job (s) - ofício 1208-Head (to) – orientar, dirigir, encaminhar em determinada direcção 1209-Butt in (to) – intrometer-se em 1209-Though (adv) - todavia

102

102

'Aren't you bored, lying here?' said Anne, feeling sorry for him. 1210 'Yes, awfully. I wanted my father to go in and ask the coastguard to bring in some little figures I said I'd paint for him,' 1211 said Martin. 'But he wouldn't let me. You know I simply love painting - even doing a little thing like that -- painting 1212 clothes on toy porters and 'guards -- so long as I can have a brush in my hand and colours to choose from!' This was the 1213 longest speech Martin had ever made to the four children! His face lost its dull, bored look as he spoke, and became 1214 bright and cheerful. 1215 'Oh -- you want to be an artist, I suppose?' said Anne. 'I would like that, too!' 'Anne! You can't even draw a cat that 1216 looks like one!' said Dick, scornfully. 'And when you drew a cow I thought it was an elephant.' Martin smiled at Anne's 1217 indignant face. 'I'll show you some of my pictures,' he said. 'I have to keep them hidden away, because my father can't 1218 bear me to want to be an artist!' 'Don't get up if you don't want to,' said Julian. 'I'll get them for you.' 'It's all right. If it's 1219 good for me to try and walk, I will,' said Martin, and got off the couch. He put his right foot gingerly to the floor and 1220 then stood up. 'Not so bad after all!' he said. He limped across the room to a bookcase. He put his hand behind the 1221

1215-Ever (adv) - alguma vez 1215-Dull (adj) – apagado, sem interesse 1215-Bore (to) – aborrecer, enfastiar 1215-Speak (to) - falar 1216-Bright (adj) - vivo 1216-Cheerful (adj) - alegre 1217-Draw (to) - desenhar 1218-Scornfully (adv) - desdenhosamente 1219-Picture (s) – figura, desenho, pintura, retrato, gravura 1220-Bear (to) - suportar 1220-'Don't get up if you don't want to – não te levantes se não quiseres 1220-'I'll get them for you – eu posso ir buscá-los 1221-Couch (s) - sofá 1221-Gingerly (adv) - cautelosamente

1210-Martin was rather difficult to talk to – era bastante difícil conversar com o martinho 1210-Joke (s) - graça 1211-Bore (to) – aborrecer, enfastiar 1211-Lying (adj) – estendido, deitado 1211-Be sorry for someone (to) – ter pena de alguém 1212-Awfully (adv) - terrívelmente 1212-Want (to) – precisar, necessitar, querer 1213-Let (to) – deixar, permitir 1213-Simply – absolutamente, simplesmente 1213-simply love… – adoro… 1214-Clothes (s. pl.) - roupas 1214-So long as – enquanto, desde que, se 1215-Longest (adj, adv) – longo, comprido 1215-Speech (s) - discurso

103

103

second row of books and brought out a cardboard case, big and flat. He took it to the table. He opened it and spread out 1222 some pictures. 1223 'Gracious!' said Anne. 'They're beautiful! Did you really do these?' They were queer pictures for a boy to draw, for they 1224 were of flowers and trees, birds and butterflies -- all drawn and coloured most perfectly, every detail put in lovingly. 1225 Julian looked at them in surprise. This boy was certainly gifted. Why, these drawings were as good as any he had ever 1226 seen in exhibitions! He picked a few up and took them to the window. 1227 'Do you mean to say your father doesn't think these are good doesn't think it's worth while to let you train as an artist?' 1228 he said, in surprise. 1229 'He hates my pictures,' said Martin, bitterly. 'I ran away from school, and went to an art-school to train --but he found 1230 me and forbade me to think of drawing any more. He thinks it's a weak, feeble thing for a man to do. So I only do it in 1231 secret now.' The children looked at Martin with sympathy. It seemed an awful thing to them that a boy who had no 1232 mother, should have a father who hated the thing his son most loved. No wonder he always looked dull and miserable 1233

1231-Hate (to) – detestar, odiar 1231-Bitterly (adv) - amargamente 1231-Run away (to) – fugir, afastar-se 1231-Train (to) - estudar 1232-Forbid (to) proibir, não permitir 1232-Weak (adj) - medíocre 1232-Feeble (adj) - fraco 1233-Awful (adj) - terrível

1222-After all – afinal, no final de contas 1222-Limp (to) - coxear 1222-Bookcase (s) – estante para livros 1223-Row (s) – fila, carreira 1223-Cardboard (s) - cartão 1223-Case (s) – estojo, caixa 1223-Flat (adj) – plana, lisa 1223-Took (to take) - levar 1223-Spread out (to) – abrir (um jornal) 1225-Queer (adj) – for a do vulgar, singular 1226-all drawn and coloured – tudo desenhado e colorido 1226-Lovingly - amorosamente 1227-Gift (to) - dotar 1227-Ever (adv) – alguma vez 1228-Pick (to) – apanhar, separar com os dedos 1229-Be Worth while (to) – valer a pena 1229-Train (to) – estudar, preparar-se 1229-As (adv, conj, pron, rel) - como

104

104

and sullen! 'It's very bad luck,' said Julian at last. 'I wish we could do something to help.' 'Well -- get me those 1234 figures and the paint tins from the coastguard,' said Martin, eagerly. 'Will you? Father won't be back till six. I'll have 1235 time to do them. And do stay and have tea with me. It's so dull up here. I hate it.' 'Yes, I'll get the things for you,' said 1236 Julian. 'I can't for the life of me see why you shouldn't have something to amuse yourself with if you want to. And we'll 1237 ring up my aunt and tell her we're staying here to tea -- so long as we don't eat everything you've got!' 'Oh, that's all 1238 right,' said Martin, looking very cheerful indeed. 'There's plenty of food in the house. My father has an enormous 1239 appetite. I say, thanks most awfully.' Julian rang up his aunt. The girls and Dick went to fetch the figures and the paint 1240 from the coastguard. They brought them back and arranged them on a table beside Martin. His eyes brightened at once. 1241 He seemed quite different. 1242 'This is grand,' he said. 'Now I can get on! It's a silly little job, this, but it will help the old man next door, and I'm 1243 always happy when I'm messing about with a brush and paints!' Martin was very, very clever at painting the little 1244 figures. He was quick and deft, and Anne sat watching him, quite fascinated. George went to hunt in the larder for the 1245

1242-Arrange (to) – pôr em ordem 1242-Beside (adv, prep) – próximo de 1242-Brightened (to brighten) animar, avivar, desanuviar-se 1243-He seemed quite different – parecia completamente mudado 1244-'This is grand, - que bom!! 1244-Get on (to) – começar, continuar 1244-It's a silly little job, this, - isto é uma coisa sem importância, mas… 1244-Silly (adj) – tolo, absurdo 1245-Mess about (to) – fazer disparates, fazer tolices

1234-Wonder (to) - admirar 1234-Dull (adj) – triste, lento 1235-Sullen (adj) – carrancudo, lúgrube 1235-at last - finalmente 1236-Paint (s) – tinta 1236-Tin (s) - lata 1236-Eagerly (adv) – vivamente, ávidamente, ardentemente 1237-Dull (adj) - monótono 1238-'I can't for the life of me… – por minha vida que não posso… 1238-ring up (to) - telefonar 1239-so long as… – desde que… 1240-Cheerful (adj) – bem disposto, alegre, animado 1241-Most (adj, adv) – muito, muitíssimo 1241-Thanks most awfully - agradecidíssimo 1241-Julian rang up his aunt. – Júlio foi telefonar à tia 1241-Fetch (to) – ir buscar, trazer

105

105

tea-things. There was certainly plenty of food! She cut some bread and butter, found some new honey, brought out a 1246 huge chocolate cake and some ginger buns, and put the kettle on to boil. 1247 'I say, this is really grand,' said Martin again. 'I wish my father wasn't coming back till eight. By the way -- where's the 1248 dog? I thought he always went everywhere with you! Where's Timmy?' 1249 Chapter Fourteen 1250 A SHOCK FOR GEORGE 1251 DICK looked at George. He didn't think it would matter telling Martin where Timmy was, so long as George didn't 1252 give the reason why he had been left on the island. 1253 But George was going to hold her tongue now. She looked at Martin and spoke quite airily. 'Oh, Timmy? We left him 1254 behind today. He's all right.' 'Gone out shopping with your mother, I suppose, hoping for a visit to the butcher's!' said 1255 Martin. This was the first joke he had ever made to the children, and though it was rather a feeble one they laughed 1256 heartily. Martin looked pleased. He began to try and think of another little joke, while his deft hands put reds and blues 1257

1255-Tongue (s) - língua 1255-Airily (adv) – tranquilidade, leveza, desenvoltura 1256-Butcher (s) carniceiro, talho 1257-feeble one – fraca anedota

1246-Deft – (adj) – hábil, destro 1246-Quick (adj) - rápido 1246-Hunt (to) – procurar, andar em busca de 1247-Tea-things – serviço de chá 1247-Certainly (adv) - certamente 1247-Cut (to) - cortar 1247-Bread (s) - pão 1247-new honey - mel frêsco 1248-Huge (adj) - enorme 1248-Cake (s) - bolo 1248-ginger buns - biscoitos 1248-Kettle (s) - chaleira 1248-Boil (to) ferver, entrar em ebulição 1249-Till (prep) - até 1249-By the way – a propósito 1253-Matter (to) – importar, ter importância 1253-so long as – desde que 1255-Hold (to) - conter

106

106

and greens on the little wooden figures. 1258 They all had a huge tea. Then, when the clock said a quarter to six the girls carried the painted figures carefully back to 1259 the coastguard, who was delighted with them. Dick took back the little tins of paint, and the brush, stuck in a jar of 1260 turpentine. 1261 'Well now, he's clever that boy, isn't he?' said the coastguard, eyeing the figures in delight. 'Looks sort of miserable and 1262 sulky -- but he's not a bad sort of boy!' 'I'll just have one more squint through your telescope,' said George, 'before it 1263 gets too dark.' She tilted it towards her island. But once more there was no sign of Timmy, or of her father either. She 1264 looked for some time, and then went to join the others. She shook her head as they raised their eyebrows inquiringly. 1265 The girls washed up the tea-things, and cleared away neatly. Nobody felt as if they wanted to wait and see Mr. Curton. 1266 They didn't feel as if they liked him very much, now they knew how hard he was on Martin. 1267 'Thanks for a lovely afternoon,' said Martin, limping to the door with them. 'I enjoyed my spot of painting, to say 1268 nothing of your company.' 'You stick out for your painting,' said Julian. 'If it's the thing you've got to do, and you know 1269

1267-tea-things – serviço de chá 1267-Clear away (to) – levantar a mesa 1267-Neatly (adv) - habilidosamente 1268-They didn't feel as if they liked him very much – (começaram a antipatizar muito com ele) não sentiam que gostassem muito dele 1269-Limp (to) - coxear 1269-Enjoy (to) – gostar, desfrutar 1269-'I enjoyed my spot of painting, to say nothing of your company – adorei ter estado a pintar e ainda mais da vossa companhia. 1269-Spot – borrão, mancha

1258-Heartily (adv) com vontade, cordialmente, sinceramente 1258-While (conj) - enquanto 1258-Deft (adj) – hábil, destro 1259-Wooden (adj) – de madeira 1260-Huge (adj) – formidável, muito grande 1261-Stuck (to stick) – postos, colocados 1262-Turpentine (s) - aguarrás 1263-Eyeing (to eye) – olhando, vendo, observando 1264-Sulky (adj) – enfadado, aborrecido, trombudo 1264-Squint (s) - olhadela 1265-Tilt (to) - virar 1265-Either – também não… 1266-Shake (to) - abanar 1266-Eyebrow (s) - sobrancelha 1266-Inquiringly (adv) - interrogadoramente 1267-Wash (to) - lavar

107

107

it, you must go all out for it. See?' 'Yes,' said Martin, and his face went sullen again. 'But there are things that make it 1270 difficult -- things I can't very well tell you. Oh well - never mind! I dare say it will all come right one day, and I'll be a 1271 famous artist with pictures in the academy!' 'Come on, quickly,' said Dick, in a low voice to Julian. 'There's his father 1272 coming back!' They hurried off down the cliff-path, seeing Mr. Curton out of the corner of their eyes, coming up the 1273 other path. 1274 'Horrid man!' said Anne. 'Forbidding Martin to do what he really longs to do. And he seemed so nice and jolly and all-1275 over-us, didn't he?' 'Very all-over-us,' said Dick, smiling at Anne's new word. 'But there are a lot of people like that -- 1276 one thing at home and quite another outside!' 'I hope Mr. Curton hasn't been trying to explore that passage in the side of 1277 the quarry,' said George, looking back, and watching the man walk up to his back door. 'It would be too bad if he butted 1278 in and spoilt our fun. I mean -- there may be nothing to discover at all -- but it will be fun even finding there is nothing.' 1279 'Very involved!' said Dick, with a grin. 'But I gather what you mean. I say, that was a good tea, wasn't it?' 'Yes,' said 1280 George, looking all round her in an absent-'minded manner. 1281

1270-stick out for (to) – insistir em 1271-Go all out (to) – esforçar-se ao máximo 1271-Sullen (adj) - carrancudo 1272-never mind – não importa, não tem importância, não se incomode 1272-Dare say (I) – parece-me 1273-Low (adj) - baixo 1274-out of the corner of their eyes – pelo canto do olho 1276-Long (to) – desejar ardentemente 1277-all-over-us – tão venha-a-mim 1279-Butt in (to) – intrometer-se em… 1280-Spoil (to) – estragar, arruinar, prejudicar 1280-there may be nothing to discover at all – pode não haver nada para descobrir lá 1280-but it will be fun even finding there is nothing – mas será divertido até mesmo descobrir que não há nada 1281-Involve (to) - complicar 1281-Gather (to) – apanhar, colher

108

108

'What's up?' said Dick. 'What are you looking like that for?' 'Oh - how silly of me - I was just looking for Timmy,' 1282 said George. 'You know, I'm so used to him always being at my heels or somewhere near that I just can't get used to 1283 him not being here.' 'Yes, I feel a bit like that too,' said Julian. 'As if there was something missing all the time. Good old 1284 Tim! We 'shall miss him awfully, all of us -- but you most of all, 'George.' 'Yes. Especially on my bed at night,' said 1285 George. 'I shan't be able to go to sleep for ages and ages.' 'I'll wrap a cushion up in a rug and plonk it down on your feet 1286 when you're in bed,' said Dick. 'Then it will 'feel like Timmy!' 'It won't! Don't be silly,' said George, rather crossly. And 1287 anyway it wouldn't smell like him. He's got a lovely smell.' 'Yes, a Timmy-smell,' agreed Anne. 'I like it too.' The 1288 evening went very quickly, playing the endless game of monopoly again. Julian lay in bed later, watching for, his 1289 uncle's signal. Needless to say, George was at the window too! They waited for half past ten. 1290 'Now!' said Julian. And just as he spoke there came 'the first flash from the lantern in the tower. 1291 'One,' counted George, 'two, three, four, five, six!' She waited anxiously to see if there were any more, but there weren't. 1292 'Now you can go to bed in peace,' said Julian to George. 'Your father is all right, and that means 'that Timmy is all right 1293

1282-absent-minded - distraído 1282-Manner (s) - comportamento 1283-how silly of me – que parva eu sou!! 1283-Look for (to) – procurar, andar em busca de… 1284-I'm so used – estou tão habituada… 1284-Heel (s) - calcanhar 1284-Somewhere (adv) - algures 1284-I just can't get used to him not being here. – não consigo habituar-me a que ele não esteja aqui 1285-Missing – que falta, que não está presente 1286-Miss (to) – sentir a falta de… 1287-'I shan't be able to go to sleep for ages and ages. – não serei capaz de adormecer durante séculos 1287-Wrap (to) – cobrir, envolver 1287-Rug (s) - tapete 1287-Plonk (to) - ?????????? 1288-Crossly (adv) - zangado 1289-Anyway (adv, conj) – de qualquer maneira 1289-Smell (to) - cheirar 1289-Agree (to) - concordar 1290-Endless (adj) - interminável 1291-Needless (adj) – desnecessário, escusado

109

109

too. Probably he has remembered to give Timmy a good supper, and has had some himself as well!' 'Well, Timmy 1294 would soon remind him, if he forgot to feed him, that's one thing,' said George, slipping out of the room. 'Good night, 1295 Dick; good night, Ju! See you in the morning.' And back she went to her own bed and snuggled down under the sheets. 1296 It was queer not to have Timmy on her feet. She tossed about for a while, missing him, and then fell asleep quite 1297 suddenly. She dreamed of her island. She was there with Timmy -- and they were discovering ingots of gold down in 1298 the dungeon. What a lovely dream! Next morning dawned bright and sunny again. The April sky was as blue as the 1299 forget-me-nots coming out in the garden. George gazed out of the dining-room window at breakfast-time, wondering if 1300 Timmy was run-fling about her island. 1301 'Dreaming about Tim?' said Julian, with a laugh. 'Never mind -- you'll soon see him, George. Another hour or so and 1302 you'll feast your eyes on him through the coastguard's telescope!' 'Do you really think you'll be able to make out Tim, if 1303 he's in the tower with your father at half past ten?' asked her mother. 'I shouldn't have thought you would be able to.' 1304 'Yes, I shall, Mother,' said George. 'It's a very powerful telescope, you know. I'll just go up and make my bed, then I'll 1305

1295-Supper (s) – ceia, última refeição do dia 1296-Feed (to) – alimentar, dar de comer a… 1296-that's one thing – isso te garanto eu!! 1296-Slip (to) – mover-se sem se tornar notado, deslizar 1297-Sheet (s) - lençol 1297-Snuggl (to) – aconchegar-se 1298-tossed about (she) – virou-se de um lado para o outro 1298-For a while – por um bocado 1298-Miss (to) – sentir a falta de… 1299-Dream (to) - sonhar 1300-Dawn (to) - amanhecer 1300-Bright (adj) – brilhante, resplandecente 1300-Sunny (adj) – soalheiro, luminoso 1301-Gaze (to) - pasmar 1302-run-fling about her island – a correr pela ilha 1302-Fling (to) – com um movimento enérgico e forte…, precipitar-se violentamente… 1303-Another hour or so – mais ou menos uma hora 1304-Feast (to) - regalar 1304-Make out (to) – distinguir com clareza, perceber 1305-'I shouldn't have thought you would be able to. – julgava que não conseguirias

110

110

go up the cliff-path. Anyone else coming?' 'I want Anne to help me with some turning out,' said her mother. 'I'm 1306 looking out some old clothes to give to the vicar's wife for her jumble sale. You don't mind helping me, Anne, do you?' 1307 'No, I'd like to,' said Anne at once. 'What are the boys going to do?' 'I think I must do a bit of my holiday work this 1308 morning,' said Julian, with a sigh. 'I don't want to -but I've kept on putting it off. You'd better do some too, Dick. You 1309 know what you are -- you'll leave it all to the last day if you're not careful!' 'All right. I'll do some too,' said Dick. 'You 1310 won't mind scooting up to the coastguard's cottage alone, will you, George?' 'Not a bit,' said George. 'I'll come back just 1311 after half past ten, as soon as I've spotted Timmy and Father.' She disappeared to make her bed. Julian and Dick went to 1312 fetch some books. Anne went to make her bed too, and then came down to help her aunt. In a few minutes George 1313 yelled good-bye and rushed out of the house. 1314 'What a hurricane!' said her mother. 'It seems as if George never walks if she can possibly run. Now Anne -put the 1315 clothes in three piles -- the very old - the not so old -- and the quite nice.' Just before half past ten Julian went up to his 1316 window to watch for the signal from his uncle. He waited patiently. A few seconds after the hall-hour the flashes came - 1317

1310-Some (adj) - algum 1312-Scoot (to) - correr 1313-Spot (to) – reconhecer, distinguir 1314-Yell (to) – gritar, bradar 1315-Rush (to) – precipitar-se, lançar-se… 1316-Hurricane (s) – ciclone, furacão 1316-What (adj. interr., adj rel) - que 1316-'It seems as if George never walks if she can possibly run – parece-me que George nunca anda a passo se é possível correr 1316-As if – como se 1317-Pile (s) – pilha, monte de coisas 1317-Nice (adj) – bom 1317-Quite (adv) – muito

1306-I'll just go up and make my bed – vou só lá acima fazer a minha cama… 1307-Anyone (pron) - alguém 1307-Turn out (to) – fornecer roupas 1308-Look out (to) – possibilidade, perspectiva 1308-old clothes – roupas velhas 1308-Wife (s) - esposa 1308-Vicar (s) - pároco 1308-Jumble-sale – venda de objectos variados, em segunda mão e baratos, com fins beneficientes 1308-Jumble (s) – mistura, salgalhada, confusão, trapalhada 1310-Sigh (s) - suspiro 1310-Keep on (to) – continuar, seguir, manter, segurar-se 1310-putting off - adiamento 1311-Last (adj, adv) - último 1313-As soon as – logo que 1310-but I've kept on putting it off – mas tenho insistido em adiá-lo (tenho continuado a adiá-lo)

111

111

one, two, three, four, five, six - good! Now George would settle down for the day. Perhaps they could go to the quarry 1318 in the afternoon. Julian went back to his books and was soon buried in them, with Dick grunting by his side. 1319 At about five minutes to eleven there was the sound of running feet and panting breath. George appeared at the door of 1320 the sitting-room where the two boys were doing their work. They looked up. 1321 George was red in the face, and her hair was windblown. She fought to get her breath enough to speak. 'Julian! Dick! 1322 Something's happened -- Timmy wasn't there!' 'What do you mean?' said Julian in surprise. George slumped down on a 1323 chair, still panting. The boys could see that she was trembling too. 1324 'It's serious, Julian! I tell you Timmy wasn't in the tower when the signals came!' 'Well -- it only means that your 1325 absent-minded father forgot to take him up with him,' said Julian, in his most sensible voice. 'What did you see?' 'I had 1326 my eye glued to the telescope,' said George, 'and suddenly I saw someone come into the little glass room at the top. I 1327 looked for Timmy, of course, at once -but I tell you, he wasn't there! The six flashes came, the man disappeared -- and 1328 that was all. No Timmy! Oh I do feel so dreadfully worried, Julian.' 'Well, don't be,' said Julian, soothingly. 'Honestly, 1329

1319-Settle down to work (to) – começar a trabalhar 1319-settle down for the day – começar o dia 1320-Bury (to) – sepultar, enterrar 1320-Grunt (to) – pessoa a pronunciar sons semelhantes a um grunhido 1321-Panting (adj) - ofegante 1321-Breath (s) - respiração 1322-sitting-room (s) – sala de estar 1323-Hair (s) - cabelo 1323-Windblown hair – cabelo emaranhado pelo vento 1323-Fight (to) - lutar 1323-Enough (adj, s) - suficiente 1324-Slump (to) – cair bruscamente, afundar-se 1325-Panting (adj) - ofegante 1325-Trembling (adj) – trémula, a tremer 1327-absent-minded - distraído 1327-Sensible (adj) - sensato 1328-Glue (to) - colar

112

112

I'm sure that's what happened. Your father forgot about Timmy. Anyway, if you saw him, obviously things are all 1330 right.' 'I'm not thinking about Father!' cried George. 'He must be all right if he flashed his signals -- I'm thinking about 1331 Timmy. Why, even if Father forgot to take him, he'd go with him. You know that!' 'Your father might have shut the 1332 door at the bottom and prevented Timmy from going up,' said Dick. 1333 'He might,' said George, frowning. She hadn't thought of that. 'Oh dear - now I shall worry all day long. Why didn't I 1334 stay with Timmy? What shall I do now?' 'Wait till tomorrow morning,' said Dick. 'Then probably you'll see old Tim all 1335 right.' 'Tomorrow morning! Why, that's ages away!' said poor George. She put her head in her hands and groaned. 'Oh, 1336 nobody understands how much I love Timmy. You would perhaps if you had a dog of your own, Julian. It's an awful 1337 feeling, really. Oh Timmy, are you all right?' 'Of course he's all right,' said Julian, impatiently. 'Do pull yourself 1338 together, George.' 'I feel as if something's wrong,' said George, looking obstinate. 'Julian -- I think I'd better go across to 1339 the island.' 'No,' said Julian at once. 'Don't be idiotic, George.' Nothing is wrong, except that your father's been 1340 forgetful. He's sent his O.K. signal. That's enough! You're not to go and create a scene over there with him. That would 1341

1330-Dreadfully (adv) - horrívelmente 1330-Worried (adj) - preocupado 1330-Soothingly (adv) – suavemente, ternamente 1331-Anyway (adv, conj) – de qualquer maneira 1331-Obviously (adv) – óbviamente, evidentemente 1333-Even if – mesmo que 1333-he'd go with him – ele iria com ele 1334-Prevent (to) – impedir 1335-Frowning (adj) - carrancudo 1337-Ages away – daqui a séculos 1337-Groan (to) - gemer 1338-Awful (adj) - terrível 1339-Pull together (to) – trabalhar em harmonia 1339-Yourself (pron refl e enf) – tu próprio

113

113

be disgraceful!' 'Well - I'll try and be patient,' said George, unexpectedly meek. She got up, looking, worried. Julian 1342 spoke in a kinder voice. 1343 'Cheer up, old thing'! You do like to go off the deep end, don't you?' 1344 Chapter Fifteen 1345 IN THE MIDDLE OF THE NIGHT 1346 GEORGE did not moan any more about her worries. She went about with an anxious look in her blue eyes, but she 1347 had the sense not to 'tell her mother how worried she was at not seeing Timmy in the glass room, when her father 1348 signalled. 1349 She mentioned it, of course, but her mother took the same view as Julian did. 'There! I knew he'd forget to take Timmy 1350 up! He's so very forgetful when he's at work.' The children decided to go to the quarry that afternoon and explore the 1351 tunnel under the shelf of rock. So they set off after their lunch. But when they came to the quarry, they did not dare to 1352 climb down the steep sides. The heavy rain of the day before, had made them far too dangerous. 1353

1342-Forgetful (adj) – esquecido, desleixado 1342-Send (to) - enviar 1342-Over there – acolá, além 1343-Disgraceful (adj) – vergonhoso, infamante 1343-Unexpectedly (adv) - inesperadamente 1343-Meek (adj) – dócil, suave, brando 1344-Kinder (comparativo de superioridade do adjective Kind) – muitíssimo simpático 1344-Kind (adj) – amável, simpático 1345-to go off the deep end – perder a cabeça, levar tudo para a tragédia 1348-Moan (to) – lamentar-se 1348-Look - expressão 1348-Anxious (adj) - ansioso 1348-Go about (to) – andar com, estar 1351-She mentioned it – ela contou-o 1351-View (s) - opinião 1353-Shelf (s) - prateleira 1353-Dare (to) - ousar

114

114

'Look,' said Julian, pointing to' where the bushes and smaller plants were ripped up and crushed. 'I bet that's where 1354 old Martin fell down yesterday! He might have broken his neck!' 'Yes. I vote we don't attempt to go down till it's as dry 1355 as it was the other day,' said Dick. 1356 It was disappointing. They had brought torches, and a rope; and had looked forward to a little excitement. 'Well, what 1357 shall we do?' asked Julian. 1358 'I'm going back' home,' said George, unexpectedly. 'I'm tired. You others go for a walk.' Anne looked at George. She did 1359 seem rather pale. 'I'll come back with you, George,' said Anne, slipping her hand through her cousin's arm. But George 1360 shook it off. 1361 'No thanks, Anne, I want to be alone? 1362 'Well - we'll go over the cliff then,' said Julian. 'It'll be nice and blowy up there, See you later, George!' They went off. 1363 George turned and sped back to Kirrin a cottage. Her mother was out. Joanna was upstairs in her bedroom. George went 1364 to 'the larder and took several things from it. She bundled them into a bag and then fled out of the house. 1365

1358-Rope (s) - corda 1358-Look forward to (to) – esperar com antecipado prazer 1358-Excitement (s) - excitação 1360-Unexpectedly (adv) - imprevistamente 1360-Tire (to) – fatigar, cansar 1361-Pale (adj) – pálido, lívido 1361-Slip (to) - deslizar 1362-Shake (to) – sacudir, abanar 1364-Cliff - penedos 1364-Blowy (adj) - ventoso 1365-Speed (to) – apressar-se

1354-Climb (to) – trepar, escalar 1354-Steep (adj) - escarpado 1354-Side (s) – bordo, beira 1354-Heavy (adj, adv) – pesado, abundante 1354-Far (adj, adv) - muito 1354-Too (adv) – muito, extremamente 1355-Point (to) – apontar, indicar 1355-Smaller [adj: smal (pequeno)] – mais pequeno 1355-Rip (to) – dilacerar, rasgar 1355-Crush (to) – esmagar, triturar 1356-Fall (to) – cair, tombar 1356-Neck (s) - pescoço 1356-Vote (to) – votar, considerar, declarar 1356-Attempt (to) - tentar 1356-Dry (adj) – seco, sem humidade 1358-Disappointing (adj) – que desilude, que desaponta 1358-Torche (s) - lâmpada

115

115

She found James the fisher-boy. 'James! You're not to tell a soul. I'm going over to Kirrin Island tonight because I'm 1366 worried about Timmy. We left him there. Have my boat ready at ten o'clock.' James was always ready to do anything in 1367 the world for George. He nodded and asked no questions at all. 'Right, Miss. It'll be ready. Anything you want put in it?' 1368 'Yes, this bag,' said George. 'Now don't split, on me, James. I'll be back tomorrow if I find Tim's all right? 1369 She fled back to the house. She hoped Joanna would not notice the things she had taken from the larder shelf. 'I can't 1370 help it if what I'm doing is wrong,' she kept whispering to herself. 'I know something isn't right with Timmy. And I'm 1371 not at all sure about Father, either. He wouldn't have forgotten his solemn promise to 'me about taking Timmy up with 1372 him. I'll have to go across 'to the island. I can't help it if it's wrong!' The others wondered what was up with George 1373 when they came back from their walk. She was so fidgety and restless. They had tea and then did some gardening for 1374 Aunt Fanny. George did some too, but her thoughts were far away, and twice her mother had to stop her pulling up 1375 seedlings instead of weeds. 1376 Bedtime came. The girls got into bed at about a quarter to ten. Anne was tired and fell asleep at once. As soon as 1377

1366-Several (adj, pron) – vários, alguns, diversos 1366-Bundle (to) - empacotar 1366-Flee (to) - fugir, abandonar 1367-You're not to tell a soul – tu não vais dizer a nenhuma alma 1367-Soul (s) - alma 1368-anything in the world – tudo o possível no mundo 1368-Anything (adv, pron) – qualquer coisa 1369-He nodded and asked no questions at all – ele acenou que sim e não perguntou nada 1370-Split (to) – delatar, trair, denunciar 1371-Flee (to) – fugir, abandonar, escapar 1371-Shelf (s) - prateleira 1372-Whisper (to) - murmurar 1372-Herself (pron. refl. e enf.) 1373-Either (adj, adv, conj, pron) – tão-pouco 1375-Fidgety (adj) – nervosa, agitada 1375-Restless (adj) – inquieto, agitado 1375-Garden (to) - jardinar 1376-Pull (to) - arrancar 1377-Seedling (s) – planta criada a partir de semente e muito nova ainda 1377-Instead (adv) – em vez de…

116

116

George heard her regular breathing she crept quietly out of bed and dressed again. She pulled on her warmest 1378 jersey, got her raincoat, rubber boots and a thick rug, and tiptoed downstairs. 1379 Out of the side door she went and into the night. There was a bit of a moon in the sky, so it was not as dark as usual. 1380 George was glad. She would be able to see her way through the rocks a little now -- though she was sure she could 1381 guide the boat even in the dark! James was waiting for her. Her boat was ready. 'Everything's in,' said James. 'I'll push 1382 off. Now you be careful, Miss -- and if you do scrape a rock, row like anything in case she fills and sinks. Ready?' Off 1383 went George, hearing the lap-lap of the water against the sides of the boat. She heaved a sigh of relief, and began to row 1384 strongly away from the shore. She frowned as she rowed. Had she brought everything she might want? Two torches. 1385 Plenty of food. A tin-opener. Something to drink. A rug to wrap herself in tonight. 1386 Back at Kirrin Cottage Julian lay in bed watching for his uncle's signal. Half past ten. Now for the signal. Ah, here they 1387 were! One -- two three - four -- five -six.! Good. Six and no more! He wondered why George hadn't come into his and 1388 Dick's room to watch for them. She had last night. He got up, padded to me door of George's room and put his head in 1389

1382-a little now – um bocadinho agora 1382-Though (conj) – se bem que 1384-Scrape (to) - raspar 1384-in case – no caso de 1384-Fill (to) – encher-se 1384-Sink (to) - afundar 1385-Heaved (to heave) – soltou (um suspiro) 1385-Sigh (s) - suspiro 1385-Relief (s) alívio 1386-Away (adv) – para longe… 1386-Frown (to) – franzir as sobrancelhas 1386-she might want? – ela podia querer? 1387-tin-opener – abre-latas 1387-Rug (s) – manta de viagem 1387-Wrap (to) – agasalhar, enrolar-se

1378-Bedtime – hora de deitar 1378-Fell (to fall) – caiu (adormecida) 1378-As soon as – logo que 1379-Breathing (s) - respiração 1379-Creep (to) – arrastar-se, rastejar 1379-Quietly (adv) – silenciosamente, discretamente 1379-Dress (to) – vestir-se 1379-Pull on (to) – vestir, calçar 1379-Warmest – o mais quente 1379-Jersey (s) – camisole de lã com mangas para uso exterior 1380-Raincoat (s) – impermeável, gabardine 1380-Thick (adj) - espesso 1380-Rug (s) – cobertor de lã grossa, manta de viagem 1380-Tiptoe (to) – andar em bicos de pés 1380-Downstair (adj, adv) – em baixo, no andar de baixo 1381-side door – porta das traseiras 1382-Glad (adj) – satisfeito, contente

117

117

'George!' he said softly. 'It's O.K. Your father's signals have just come again.' There was no reply. Julian heard regular 1390 breathing and turned to go back to bed. The girls must be asleep already! Well, George couldn't really be worrying 1391 much about Timmy now, then! Julian got into his bed and soon fell asleep himself. He had no idea that George's bed 1392 was empty no idea that even now George was battling with the waves that guarded Kirrin Island! It was more difficult 1393 than she had expected, for the moon did not really give very much light, and had an annoying way of going behind a 1394 cloud just when she badly needed every scrap of light she could get. But, deftly and cleverly, she managed to make her 1395 way through the passage between the hidden rocks. Thank goodness the tide was high so that most of them were well 1396 below the surface! At last she swung her boat into the little cove. Here the water was perfectly calm. Panting a little, 1397 George pulled her boat up as far as she could. Then she stood in the darkness and thought hard. 1398 What was she going to do? She did not know where her father's hiding-place was but she felt certain the entrance to it 1399 must be somewhere in or near the little stone room. Should she make her way to that? 1400 Yes, she would. It would be the only place to shelter in for the night, anyway. She would put on her torch when she got 1401

1399-Pull (to) – puxar, arrastar 1399-As far as - até 1399-Then (adv) – então, nessa altura 1399-Stand in (to) – tomar parte de, compartilhar, comparticipar 1399-Darkness (s) – escuridão, trevas 1399-thought hard – pensou rapidamente

1390-She had last night – ela fizera-o na noite anterior 1390-Padded – bateu ????? 1391-Reply (s) - resposta 1392-Breathing (s) - respiração 1394-Empty (adj) - vazio 1394-Battling (to battle) - batalhando 1394-Guard (to) – guardar, defender 1395-Annoying (adj) – aborrecido, incómodo 1396-Cloud (s) - núvem 1396-Badly (adv) – mal ?? 1396-Scrap (s) – migalha, bocado, pedaço 1396-Deftly (adv) – com destreza, com habilidade 1396-Cleverly (adv) - inteligentemente 1396-Manage (to) – manobrar, manejar 1397-Hide (to) – esconder, ocultar 1397-Tide (s) - maré 1398-Below (adv, prep) - debaixo 1398-Swung (to swing) – girou (girar, rodar) 1398-Panting (adj) - ofegante

118

118

there, and hunt round for any likely entrance to the hiding-place. If she found it, she would go in and what a 1402 surprise she would give her father! If old Timmy was there he would go mad with delight. She took the heavy bag, 1403 draped the rug over her arm, and set off. She did not dare to put on her torch yet, in case the unknown enemy was 1404 lurking near. After all, her father had heard him cough at night! George was not frightened. She did not even think 1405 about being frightened. All her thoughts were set on finding Timmy and making sure he was safe. 1406 She came to the little stone room. It was pitch-dark in there, of course - not even the faint light of the moon pierced into 1407 its blackness. George had to put on her torch. 1408 She put down her bundle at the back of the wall, near the old fireplace recess. She draped the rug over it and sat down to 1409 have a rest, switching off her torch. 1410 After a while she got up cautiously and switched on her torch again. She began to search for the hiding-place. Where 1411 could the entrance be? She flashed her torch on to every flagstone in the floor of the room. But not one looked as if it 1412 had been moved or lifted. There was nothing to show where there might be an entrance underground. 1413

1408-Faint (adj) – fraco, débil 1408-Pierce (to) – penetrar em… 1409-Blackness (s) – negrume, negrura 1409-to put on her torch – acender a sua lanterna 1410-Bundle (s) – trouxa, fardo 1410-Wall (s) - parede 1410-Fireplace – fogão de sala 1410-Recess (s) - recanto 1410-draped the rug – envolveu o cobertôr… 1411-Rest (s) – descanso, repouso 1411-Switch (on) (off) (to) – ligar, desligar, desviar 1412-While (s) – tempo, espaço de tempo, 1412-Cautiously (adv) - cautelosamente 1413-Flash (to) – fazer cintilar, brilhar com luz 1413-Flagstone (s) – laje de pedra 1413-Floor (s) – chão, soalho

1402-Anyway (adv, conj) – em todo o caso 1402-She would put on her torch – ela assumiria a sua lanterna; ela acenderia a sua lanterna 1402-Put on (to) – vestir, assumir, fingir, revestir-se de, aumentar, acrescentar, adiantar, conseguir 1403-Likely (adj) – provável, possível 1403-Entrance (s) – entrada 1404-Mad (adj) – louco, doido 1404-Heavy (adj, adv) - pesado 1404-Draped (to drape) – envolver em panos 1404-Rug (s) – manta de viagem 1405-Arm (s) - braço 1405-Yet (adv) - ainda 1405-Lurking (adj) – Escondido, emboscado 1405-After all – afinal, no fim de contas 1406-Cough (to) - tossir 1406-Frighten (to) - assustar 1408-pitch-dark – escuro como breu

119

119

She moved round the walls, examining those too in the light of her torch. No - there was no sign that a hidden way lay 1414 behind any of those stones either. It was most tantalizing. If she only knew! She went to wrap the rug round her, and to 1415 sit and think. It was cold now. She was shivering, as she sat there in the dark, trying to puzzle out where the hidden 1416 entrance could be. 1417 And then she heard a sound She jumped and then stiffened all over, holding her breath painfully. What was it? 1418 There was a curious grating noise. Then a slight thud. It came from the recess where people long ago had built their big 1419 log fires! George sat perfectly still, straining her eyes and ears. 1420 She saw a beam of light in the fireplace recess. Then she heard a man's cough! Was it her father? He had a cough at 1421 times. She listened hard. The beam of light grew brighter. Then she heard another noise - it sounded as if someone had 1422 jumped down from somewhere! And then -- a voice! 'Come on!' It was not her father's voice! George grew cold with 1423 fear then. Not her father's voice! Then what had happened to him -- and to Timmy? 1424 Someone else jumped down into the recess, grumbling. 'I'm not used to this crawling about!' That wasn't her father's 1425

1419-Painfully (adv) – dolorosamente, custosamente, penosamente 1420-Grating (adj) - desagradável 1420-Slight (adj) – leve, delicado 1420-Thud (s) – ruído surdo, baque 1421-Log (s) – toro, barrote, cepo 1421-Sat (to sit) – sentar-se 1421-Still (adj) - quieto 1421-Strain (to) – apurar, esticar, retesar 1422-Beam (s) – feixe luminoso 1423-Listen (to) – escutar, estar à escuta 1423-She listened hard. – ela ouviu atentamente 1423-Beam (s) – feixe luminoso 1423-Grew (to grow) – crescer, aumentar de tamanho 1423-Brighter – muito brilhante 1424-George grew cold with fear then. – george ficou cada vez com mais frio e mais medo

1414-Lift (to) – levantar, erguer 1415-Lay (to) - colocar 1416-Any (adj, pron) - qualquer 1416-Behind – (adv, prep) – atrás de 1416-Either (adj, adv, conj, pron) – tão pouco, também não 1416-Tantalizing (adj) - desesperador 1416-If she only knew! – se ela soubesse!!! 1416-Wrap (to) - agasalhar 1417-Shivering (to shivery) – tremer, tiritar 1417-As (adv, conj, pron rel) – enquanto 1417-Puzzle out (to) – pensar, tentar soluções, descobrir depois de várias tentativas 1419-Stiffen (to) – ficar imóvel, enrijar, endurecer 1419-All over – por toda ela… 1419-Hold (to) – aguentar, conter 1419-Breath (s) - respiração

120

120

voice either. So there were two unknown enemies! Not one. And they knew her father's secret workroom. George 1426 felt almost faint with horror. Whatever had happened to him and Timmy? 1427 The men walked out of the little stone room without seeing George at all. She guessed they were going to the tower. 1428 How long would they be? Long enough for her to search for the place they had appeared from? 1429 She strained her ears again. She heard their footsteps going into the great yard. She tiptoed to the doorway and looked 1430 out. Yes -- there was the light of their torch near the, tower! If they were going up, there would be plenty of time to look 1431 round. 1432 She went back into the little stone room. Her hands were trembling and she found it difficult to switch on her torch. She 1433 went to the fireplace recess and flashed the light in it. 1434 She gave a gasp! Half-way up the recess at the back was a black opening! She flashed the light up there. Evidently there 1435 was a movable stone half-way up that swung back and revealed an entrance behind. An entrance to what? Were there 1436 steps, such as were shown in the old map? 1437

1436-Gasp (s) – grito abafado, sobressalto 1436-Half-way up – a meia altura do chão 1436-Opening (s) - abertura 1437-Movable (adj) - móvel 1437-Swing (to) – girar, virar, mover-se de um lado para o outro 1437-Behind (adv, prep) - detrás

1426-Grumbling (adj) – resmungão, rabugento 1426-'I'm not used – eu não estou acostumado 1426-Crawl (to) - rastejar 1428-Faint (to) - desmaiar 1429-Guess (to) – pensar, julgar, supor 1430-Long (adj, adv) – muito tempo, tempo 1430-Search (to) – buscar, procurar 1430-Appear (to) - aparecer 1430-Long enough for her to search for the place they had appeared from? – tempo suficiente para ela procurar o lugar de onde eles apareceram? 1431-Strain (to) - esforçar 1431-Ear (s) - ouvido 1431-Doorway - porta 1434-Tremble (to) - tremer 1434-Switch (to) – ligar, desligar 1434-Switch on (to) - ligar 1434-Switch off (to) - desligar

121

121

Feeling quite breathless, George stood on tip-toe and flashed her light into the hole. Yes -- there were steps! They went 1438 down into the wall at the back. She remembered that the little stone room backed on to one of the immensely thick old 1439 walls still left. 1440 She stood there, uncertain what to do. Had she better go down and see if she could find Timmy and her father? But if 1441 she did, she might be made a prisoner too. On the other hand, if she stayed outside, and the men came back and shut up 1442 the entrance, she might not be able to open it. She would be worse off than ever! 'I'll go down!' she suddenly decided. 1443 'But I'd better take my bag and the rug, in case the 'men come back and see them. I don't want them to know I'm on the 1444 island if I can help it! I could hide them somewhere down there, I expect. I wonder if this entrance leads to the 1445 dungeons.' She lifted up the rug and the bag and pushed them into the hole. She heard the bag roll down the steps, the 1446 tins inside making a muffled noise. Then she climbed up herself. Gracious, what a long dark flight of steps! Wherever 1447 did they lead to? 1448 Chapter Sixteen. 1449

1444-Worse than ever – pior que nunca 1446-if I can help it – se posso evitá-lo 1446-Lead (to) – guiar, conduzir 1447-Lift (to) – levantar, erguer 1447-Push (to) - empurrar 1448-Muffle (adj) – abafado (som) 1448-Climb (to) – trepar, subir, escalar 1448-Flight (s) – lanço de escadas

1439-Breathless (adj) – sem fôlego 1439-Stand (to) – pôr-se de pé 1439-Hole (s) - buraco 1440-Backed – “a parte de trás”, fazia traseiras em, 1440-Immensely (adv) – imensamente, infinitamente, extremamente 1440-Thick (adj) - espesso 1441-Still (adv) – ainda, então 1441-Left (to leave) – sobejou, sobejar 1442-She stood there – “ela ficou ali”, 1442-Uncertain (adj) – indeciso, irresoluto 1442-Had better – seria melhor 1443-On the other hand – por outro lado 1443-Outside – ali fora 1443-Shut up (to) – encerrar, 1444-Worse (adj) - pior 1444-She would be worse off than ever! – e isso seria o pior de tudo!

122

122

DOWN TO THE CAVES 1450 GEORGE went cautiously down the stone steps. They were steep and narrow. 'I should think they run right down in 1451 the middle of the stone wall,' thought George. 1452 'Goodness, here's a narrow bit!' It was so narrow that she had to go sideways. 'A fat man would never get through there!' 1453 she thought to herself. 'Hallo -- the steps have ended!' She had got her rug round her shoulders, and had picked up her 1454 bag on the way down. In her other hand she held her torch. It was terribly dark and quiet down there. George did not 1455 feel scared because she was hoping to see Timmy at any moment. No one could feel afraid with Timmy just round the 1456 corner, ready to welcome them! She stood at the bottom of the steps, her torch showing her a narrow tunnel. It curved 1457 sharply to the left. 1458 'Now will it join the dungeons from here?' she wondered, trying to get her sense of direction to help her. 'They can't be 1459 far off. But there's no sign of them at the moment.' She went on down the narrow tunnel. Once the roof came down so 1460 low she almost had to crawl. She flashed her torch on it. She saw black rock there, which had evidently been too hard to 1461

1451-CAVES – grutas subterrâneas 1452-Steep (adj) – íngreme, escarpado, abrupto 1452-Narrow (adj) – estreito, apertado 1455-Shoulder (s) - ombro 1455-Pick (to) – apanhar 1456-Hold (to) - segurar 1457-Round the corner – ao dobrar da esquina 1458-Welcome (to) – dar as boas vindas 1458-to welcome them! – pronto a atirar-se a eles!!!! 1458-Stand (to) - parar 1459-Sharply (adv) – pronunciada, bruscamente 1460-Join (to) - ligar-se, unir-se 1461-She went on down the narrow tunnel. – seguiu pelo tunel estreito.

123

123

be removed by the tunnel builders long ago. 1462 The tunnel went on and on and on. George was puzzled. Surely by now she must have gone by all the dungeons! Why - 1463 she must be heading towards the shore of the island! How very queer! Didn't this tunnel join the dungeons then? A little 1464 further and she would be under the bed of the sea itself, The tunnel took a deep slope downwards. More steps appeared, 1465 cut roughly from rock. George climbed down them cautiously. Where in the world was she going? 1466 At the bottom of the steps the tunnel seemed to be cut out of solid rock - or else it was a natural passage, not made by 1467 man at all. George didn't know. Her torch showed her black, rocky walls and roof, and her feet stumbled over an 1468 irregular rocky path. How she longed for Timmy beside her! 'I must be very deep down,' she thought, pausing to flash 1469 her torch round her once more. 'Very deep down and very far from the castle! Good gracious - whatever's that awful 1470 noise?' She listened. She heard a muffled booming and moaning. Was it her father doing one of his experiments? The 1471 noise went on and on, a deep, never-ending boom. 1472 'Why - I believe it's the sea!' said George, amazed. She stood and listened again. 'Yes -- it is the sea -- over my head! I'm 1473

1469-Stumble (to) - tropeçar 1470-Path (s) - caminho 1470-Long for (to) – ansiar por, suspirar por 1470-Beside (adv e prep) – próximo de, junto de, ao lado de 1470-'I must be very deep down,' – devo ter descido muito 1470-Deep – profundo, intenso 1470-Pause (to) – parar, deter-se 1471-Far (adj e adv) – longe, distante 1471-whatever's that awful noise? – o que é este terrível barulho? 1472-Muffle (adj) – abafado (som) 1472-the boom of the sea - o rugido do mar. 1472-Moan (s) – gemido, lamento

1462-Crawl (to) - rastejar 1464-The tunnel went on and on and on. – o túnel continuava, continuava sempre 1464-Puzzle (to) – embaraçada, intrigada, atrapalhada 1464-Surely by now she must have gone by all the dungeons! – já tivera tempo para percorrer todos os subterrâneos!! 1465-Head (to) – dirigir-se a 1465-Shore (s) - praia 1466-Further – mais além 1466-Bed (s) – leito, fundo do mar 1466-Deep (adj) – pronunciado, intenso 1466-Slope (s) – inclinação, declive 1466-Downwards (adv) – para baixo 1467-Cut (to) - cortar 1467-Roughly (adv) – rudimentarmente, toscamente 1469-Foot (s) - pé

124

124

under the rocky bed of Kirrin Bay!' And now poor George did feel a bit scared! She thought of the great waves 1474 surging above her, she thought of the restless, moving water scouring the rocky bed over her head, and felt frightened in 1475 case the sea should find a way to leak down into her narrow tunnel! 'Now, don't be silly,' she told herself sternly. 'This 1476 tunnel has been here under the sea-bed for hundreds of years -- why should it suddenly become unsafe just when you 1477 are in it, George?' Talking to herself like this, to keep up her spirits, she went on again. It was very queer indeed to think 1478 she was walking under the sea. So this was where her father was at work! Under the sea itself. 1479 And then George suddenly remembered something he had said to them all, the first time they had visited him on the 1480 island. What was it now? 'Oh yes! He said he had to have water above and around him!' said George. 'Now I see what 1481 he meant! His workroom is somewhere down here -- so the sea-water is above him -- and it's all round the tower, 1482 because it's built on an island!' Water above and water around -- so that was why her father had chosen Kirrin Island for 1483 his experiment. How had he found the secret passage under the sea, though? 'Why, even I didn't know of that,' said 1484 George. 'Hallo -what am I coming to?' She stopped. The passage had suddenly widened out into an enormous dark cave, 1485

1474-Amazed (adj) – espantado, assombrado 1474-She stood and listened again – ela parou e escutou outra vez 1474-Listen (to) - escutar 1475-Under (prep) – por baixo de 1475-Scare (to) - assustar 1475-Surge (to) – encapelar-se 1476-Above (adv e prep) – por cima de 1476-Restless (adj) - turbulento 1476-Scouring (s) – erosão causada pelas águas 1476-Frighten (to) – assustar, aterrorizar 1477-Leak (to) – meter água 1477-Sternly (adv) – severamente, com dureza 1478-Unsafe (adj) – perigoso, pouco seguro 1479-to keep up her spirits, - não perder a coragem 1481-he had said to them all – ele dissera a todos 1485-Though (adv) - todavia

125

125

whose roof was unexpectedly high, lost in dark shadows. George stared round. She saw queer things there that she 1486 didn't understand at all -- wires, glass boxes, little machines that seemed to be at work without a sound, whose centres 1487 were alive with queer, gleaming, shivering light. 1488 Sudden sparks shot up now and again, and when that happened a funny smell crept round the cave. 'How weird all this 1489 is!' thought George. 'However can Father understand all these machines and things! I wonder where he is. I do hope 1490 those men haven't made him prisoner somewhere!' From this queer, Aladdin's cave another tunnel led. George switched 1491 on her torch again and went into it. It was much like the other one, but the roof was higher. 1492 She came to another cave, smaller this time, and crammed with wires of all kinds. There was a curious humming sound 1493 here, like thousands of bees in a hive. George half-expected to see some flying round. 1494 'It must be these wires making the noise,' she said. There was nobody in the cave at all, but it led into another one, and 1495 George hoped that soon she would find Timmy and her father. 1496 She went into the next cave, which was perfectly empty and very cold. She shivered. Then down another passage, and 1497

1490-Creep (to) – arrastar-se 1490-Weird (adj) - esquisito 1492-Lead (to) – conduzir, levar 1492-another tunnel led – seguia-se outro túnel 1493-switched on - ligou 1493-Higher (adj) – mais alto 1494-Small (adj) - pequeno 1494-Cram (to) - abarrotar 1494-Humming (adj) - sussurrante 1495-Bee (s) - abelha 1495-Hive (s) - colmeia 1495-George half-expected to see some flying round – George quase esperava ver algumas voando à sua volta

1486-Widen (to) – alargar-se 1487-Whose (pron rel) - cujo 1487-Unexpectedly (adv) – imprevistamente, inesperadamente 1487-Shadow (s) - sombra 1487-Stare (to) – olhar espantado 1488-Glass (s) - vidro 1488-Whose (pron rel) - cujo 1488-Centre (s) - centro 1489-Alive (adj, pred e adv) – activo, vivo 1489-Queer (adj) - estranho 1489-Gleaming (adj) – reluzente, cintilante 1489-Shivering (adj) – tremente, trémulo 1490-now and again – de vez em quando 1490-Smell (s) - cheiro

126

126

into a small cave. The first thing she saw beyond this tiny cave was a light! A light! Then perhaps she was coming 1498 to the cave her father must be in! She flashed her torch round the little cave she was now standing in and saw tins of 1499 food, bottles of beer, tins of sweets, and a pile of clothes of some sort. Ah, this was where her father kept his stores. She 1500 went on to the next cave, wondering why Timmy had not heard her and come to greet her. 1501 She looked cautiously into the cave where the light came from. Sitting at a table, his head in his hands, perfectly still, 1502 was her father! There was no sign of Timmy. 1503 'Father!' said George. The man at the table jumped violently and turned round. He stared at George as if he really could 1504 not believe his eyes. Then he turned back again, and buried his face in his hands. 'Father!' said George again, quite 1505 frightened because he did not say anything to her. 1506 He looked round again, and this time he got up. He stared at George once more, and then sat down heavily. George ran 1507 to him 'What's the matter? Oh Father, what's the matter? Where's Timmy?' 'George! Is it really you, George? I thought I 1508 must be dreaming when I looked up and saw you!' said her father. 'How did you get here? Good gracious, it's 1509

1498-Shiver (to) – tremer, tiritar 1501-Sweet (adj) - doce 1502-Greet (to) – saudar, cumprimentar 1503-Still (adj) – quieto, tranquilo 1505-Stare (to) – olhar espantado 1506-Buried (to bury) – enterrou, sepultou 1506-Quite (adv) – muito, completamente, totalmente 1507-Frighten (to) - assustar 1508-Get up (to) – levantar-se 1508-Heavily (adv) - pesadamente

127

127

impossible that you should be here!' 'Father, are you all right? What's happened - and where's Timmy?' said George, 1510 urgently. She looked all round, but could see no sign of him. Her heart went cold. Surely nothing awful had happened to 1511 Timmy? 1512 'Did you see two men?' asked her father. 'Where were they?' 'Oh Father -- we keep asking each other questions and not 1513 answering them!' said George. 'Tell me first -- where is Timmy?' 'I don't know,' said her father. 'Did those two men go 1514 to the tower?' 'Yes,' said George. 'Father, what's happened?' 'Well, if they've gone to the tower, we've got about an hour 1515 in peace,' said her father. 'Now listen to me, George, very carefully. This is terribly important.' 'I'm listening,' said 1516 George. 'But do hurry up and tell me about Timmy.' 'These two men were parachuted down on to the island, to try and 1517 find out my secret,' said her father. 'I'll tell you what my experiments are for, George - they are to find a way of 1518 replacing all coal, coke and oil - an idea to give the world all the heat and power it wants, and to do away with mines 1519 and miners.' 'Good gracious!' said George. 'It would be one of the most wonderful things the world has ever known.' 1520 'Yes,' said her father. 'And I should give it to the whole world - it shall not be in the power of any one country, or 1521

1515-Answer (to) - responder 1520-Replace (to) - substituir 1520-Coal (s) – carvão de pedra 1520-Coke (s) – carvão de hulha 1520-Oil (s) - petróleo 1520-Heat (s) - calor 1520-to do away with – fazer desaparecer, acabar com

128

128

collection of men. It shall be a gift to the whole of mankind - but, George, there are men who want my secret for 1522 themselves, so that they may make colossal fortunes out of it.' 'How hateful!' cried George. 'Go on, Father -- how did 1523 they hear of it?' 'Well, I was at work on this idea with some of my colleagues, my fellow-workers,' said her father. 'And 1524 one 'of them betrayed us, and went to some powerful business men to tell them of my idea. So when I knew this I 1525 decided to come away in secret and finish my experiments by myself. Then nobody could betray me.' 'And you came 1526 here!' said George. 'To my island.' 'Yes -- because I needed water over me and water around me,' said her father. 'Quite 1527 by chance I looked at a copy of that old map, and thought that if the passage shown there -- the one leading from the 1528 little stone room, I mean - if the passage there really did lead under the sea, as it seemed to show, that would be the 1529 ideal place to finish my experiments.' 'Oh Father -- and I made such a fuss!' said George, ashamed to remember how 1530 cross she had been. 1531 'Did you?' said her father, as if he had forgotten all about that. 'Well, I got all my stuff and came here. And now these 1532 fellows have found me, and got hold of me!' 'Poor Father! Can't I help?' said George. 'I could go back and bring help 1533

1522-Whole (adj) - inteiro 1522-it shall not be in the power of any one country – não estaria no poder de nenhum país 1523-Collection (s) - conjunto 1523-Gift – oferta, dávida 1523-Mankind (s) - humanidade 1524-out of it – fora dela (no texto: fora da humanidade) 1524-Hateful (adj) – abominável, detestável 1525-fellow-workers – companheiros de trabalho 1526-Betraye (to) - trair 1528-Quite (adv) - completamente 1529-Chance (s) - acaso 1529-Show (to) – exibir, mostrar - (prt. showed, part. pass. shown ou showed (rar.)) 1530-Mean (to) – querer dizer 1532-Cross (adj) - zangado

129

129

over here, couldn't I?' 'Yes, you could!' said her father. 'But you mustn't let those men see you, George.' 'I'll do anything 1534 you want me to, Father, anything!' said George. 'But first do tell me what's happened to Timmy?' 'Well, he kept by me 1535 all the time,' said her father. 'Really, he's a wonderful dog, George. And then, this morning, just as I was coming out of 1536 the entrance in that little room to go up into the tower with Timmy to signal, the two men pounced on me and forced me 1537 back here? 1538 'But what happened to Timmy?' asked George, impatiently. Would her father never tell her what she wanted to know? 1539 'He flew at the men, of course,' said her father. 'But somehow or other one of them lassoed him with a noose of rope, 1540 and caught him. They pulled the rope so tight round his neck that he almost choked.' 'Oh, poor, 'poor Timmy,' said 1541 George, and the tears ran down her cheek. 'Is he -- do you think - he's all right, Father?' 'Yes. From what I heard the men 1542 saying afterwards I think they've taken him to some cave and shut him in there,' said her father. 'Anyway, I saw one of 1543 them getting some dog-biscuits out of a bag this evening -- so that looks as if he's alive and kicking -- and hungry!' 1544

1542-Rope (s) - corda 1542-Tight (adj) - apertado 1542-Neck (s) - pescoço 1542-Chok (to) - estrangular 1543-Tear (s) - lágrima 1542-Cheek (s) – face, bochecha 1544-Afterwards (adv) – mais tarde 1544-Shut (to) - fechar 1544-Anyway (adv, conj) – de qualquer maneira

1534-Get hold of (to) – agarrar, obter 1535-over here – aqui 1535-Must (to) – dever, ter de 1535-Anything (adv e pron) – qualquer coisa 1536-'I'll do anything you want me to, Father, anything! – o “to” refere-se ao verbo to do que assim, fica subentendido 1536-Keep (to) – conservar-se, manter-se 1536-By (prep) – perto de… 1538-Pounce (to) – dar um salto sobre 1541-Fly (to) – precipitar-se 1541-Somehow (adv) – de uma maneira ou de outra 1541-Lasso (to) – laçar, apanhar com laço 1541-Noose (s) – nó corredio 1541-Rope (s) - corda 1542-Catch (to) - apanhar (prt. e part. pass. caught) 1542-Pull (to) - puxar

130

130

George heaved a great sigh of relief. So long as Timmy was alive and all right! She took a few steps towards what 1545 she thought must be another cave. 'I'm going to find Timmy, Father,' she said. 'I must find him!' 1546 Chapter Seventeen 1547 TIMMY AT LAST 1548 'No, George!' called her father sharply. 'Come back. There is something very important I want to say. Come here!' 1549 George went over to him, filled with impatience to get to Timmy, wherever he was. She must find him! 'Now listen,' 1550 said her father. 'I have a book in which I have made all my notes of this great experiment. The men haven't found it! I 1551 want you to take it safely to the mainland, George. Don't let it out of your sight! If the men get hold of it they would 1552 have all the information they needed!' 'But don't they know everything just by looking at your wires and machines and 1553 things?' asked George. 1554 'They know a very great deal,' said her father, 'and they've found out a lot more since they've been here -but not quite 1555 enough. I daren't destroy my book of notes, because if anything should happen to me, my great idea would be 1556

1545-Kicking (to kick) – queixando-se 1546-Heaved (to heave) – soltou (suspiro) 1546-to heave a sigh of relief - suspirar de alívio; 1546-so long as enquanto; desde que; se; 1550-Sharply (adv) – severamente, ríspidamente 1550-Come back (to) - regressar 1551-Over (prep) – junto a 1551-Fill (to) - encher 1553-Mainland (s) – terra firme, continente 1553-out of my sight! - fora da minha vista!; 1553-Hold (to) - agarrar 1553-to get hold of - obter; arranjar; contactar (alguém); encontrar (alguém); 1556-Deal (s) - quantidade 1556-Find out (to) - descobrir 1556-Since (adv) – desde então

131

131

completely lost. So, George, I must entrust it to you and you must take it to an address I will give you, and hand it to the 1557 person there.' 'It's an awful responsibility,' said George, a little scared of handling a book which meant so much, not 1558 only to her father, but possibly to the whole of the world. 'But I'll do my best, Father. I'll hide, in one of the caves till the 1559 men come back, and then I'll slip back up the passage to the hidden entrance, get out, go to my boat and row back to the 1560 mainland. Then I'll deliver your book of notes without fail, and get help sent over here to you.' 'Good girl,' said her 1561 father, and gave her a hug. 'Honestly, George, you do behave as bravely as any boy. I'm proud of you.' George thought 1562 that was the nicest thing her father had ever said to her. She smiled at him. 'Well, Father, I'll go and see if I can find 1563 Timmy now. I simply must see that he's all right before I go to hide in one of the other caves.' 'Very well,' said her 1564 father. 'The man who took the biscuits went in that direction still further under the sea, George. Oh by the way - how is 1565 it you're here, in the middle of the night?' It seemed to strike her father for the first time that George also might have a 1566 story to tell. But George felt that she really couldn't waste any more time - she must find Timmy! 'I'll tell you later, 1567 Father,' she said. 'Oh where's that book of notes?' Her father rose and went to the back of the cave. He took a box and 1568

1563-Bravely (adv) - corajosamente 1564-Ever (adv) – alguma vez 1566-Still (adv) - ainda 1566-Further (adj) – mais distante 1566-by the way – a propósito 1567-Strike (to) - descobrir, achar 1567-Seem (to) – parecer, dar a impressão de 1567-It seemed to strike her father – o seu pai pareceu descobrir 1568-Feel (to) – achar, sentir, pensar 1568-Waste (to) – desperdiçar 1568-Any (adj, pron) - nenhum

1557-Enough - suficiente 1557-Dare (to) – ousar, atrever-se 1558-Address (s) – direcção, endereço 1558-Entrust (to) – confiar, entregar 1558-Hand (to) - entregar 1559-Scare (to) - assustar 1560-Whole (adj) – todo, inteiro 1561-Slip back (to) – regressar discretamente 1561-hidden entrance – entrada secreta 1561-get out (to) – sair, escapar, ir-se embora 1562-Mainland (s) – terra firme 1562-Deliver (to) - entregar 1562-Fail (s) - falta 1562-Send (to) – enviar, mandar 1563-Hug (s) - abraço 1563-Behave (to) – comportar-se, portar-se

132

132

stood on it. He ran his hand along a dark ridge of rock, and felt about until he had found what 'he wanted. 1569 He brought down a slim book, whose pages were of very thin paper. He opened the book and George saw many 1570 beautifully drawn diagrams, and pages of notes in her father's small neat handwriting. 1571 'Here you are,' said her father; handing her the book, 'do the best you can. If anything happens to me, this book will still 1572 enable my fellow-workers to give my idea to the world. If I come through this all right, I shall be glad to have the book, 1573 because it will mean I shall not have to work Out all my experiments again.' George took the precious book. She stuffed 1574 it into her macintosh pocket, which was a big one. 'I'll keep it safe, Father. Now I must go and find Timmy, or those two 1575 men will be back before I can hide in one of the other caves.' She left her father's cave and went into the next one. There 1576 was nothing there at all. Then on she went down a passage that twisted and turned in the rock. 1577 And then she heard a sound she longed to hear. A whine! Yes, really a whine! 'Timmy!' shouted George, eagerly. 'Oh 1578 Timmy! I'm coming!' Timmy's whine stopped suddenly. Then he barked joyously. 'Woof, woof, woof, woof!' George 1579 almost fell as she tried to run down the narrow tunnel. Her torch showed her a big boulder that seemed to be blocking 1580

1576-Macintosh (s) - gabardina 1576-which was a big one – que era um grande bolso 1578-Twisted (adj) – em espiral 1578-Turned (adj) - dobrado 1579-Longed - ansiado 1579-Whine (s) - ganido 1579-Eagerly (adv) – avidamente, ardentemente 1580-Bark (to) - ladrar 1580-Joyously (adv) – com alegria

1569-Her father rose – o seu pai levantou-se 1569-and went to the back of the cave – e foi até ao fundo da gruta 1569-He took a box and stood on it – pegou numa caixa e pôs-se em pé sobre ela 1570-Ridge (s) – aresta, fenda 1570-to feel about - tactear; apalpar; 1570-Until (prep) - até 1571-Slim (adj) – estreito, fino 1571-Of (prep) - de 1571-Thin (adj) – fino, delgado 1572-Draw (to) [prt.: drew, part. pass.: drawn] - desenhar 1572-Neat (adj) - elegante 1572-Small (adj) - pequeno 1572-Handwriting (s) - caligrafia 1572-Hand (to) - entregar 1574-Enable (to) - possibilitar 1573-Still (adv) - ainda 1574-Glad (adj) - contente 1575-Work out (to) - calcular 1575-Stuff (to) - meter

133

133

up a small cave in the side of the tunnel. Behind the boulder Timmy barked, and scraped frantically! George tugged at 1581 the stone with all her strength. 'Timmy!' she panted. 'Timmy! I'll get you out! I'm coming! Oh, Timmy!' The stone 1582 moved a little. George tugged again. It was almost too heavy for her to move at all, but despair made her stronger than 1583 she had ever been in her life. The stone quite suddenly swung to one side, and George just got one of her feet out of its 1584 way in time, or it would have been crushed. 1585 Timmy squeezed out of the space left. He flung himself on George; who fell on the ground with her arms tight round 1586 him. He licked her face and whined, and she buried her nose in his thick fur in joy. 'Timmy! What have they done to 1587 you? Timmy, I came as soon as I could!' Timmy whined again and again in joy, and tried to paw and lick George as if 1588 he couldn't have enough of her. It would have been difficult to say which of the two was the happier. 1589 At 'last George pushed Timmy away firmly. 'Timmy, we've got work to do! We've got to escape from here and get 1590 across to the mainland and bring help.' 'Woof,' said Timmy. George stood up and flashed her torch into the tiny cave 1591 where Timmy had been. She saw that there was a bowl of water there and some biscuits. The men had not ill-treated 1592

1587-Tight (adj) - apertado 1588-Whine (to) - ganir 1588-Bury (to) – enterrar, ocultar 1588-Thick (adj) - espesso 1588-Fur (s) – pêlo, pelagem 1588-Nose (s) - nariz 1589-Paw (to) – dar patadas 1590-Happy (adj) – feliz [comp.: -ier, superl.: -iest]

1581-Fall (to) - cair 1581-Boulder (s) - pedregulho 1581-Block (to) - bloquear 1582-in the side of the tunnel – que dava para o túnel 1582-Frantically (adv) - frenéticamente 1582-Tug (to) – puxar com força 1583-Strength (s) - força 1583-Pant (to) – estar ofegante 1584-Too (adv) - demasiado 1584-Heavy (adj) - pesado 1584-Despair (s) - desespero 1585-Suddenly (adv) - subitamente 1585-Swing (to) – balançar, oscilar 1586-Crush (to) - esmagar 1587-Squeeze out (to) – sair a custo 1587-Fling (to) – precipitar-se, atirar-se 1587-Fall (to) - cair

134

134

him, then, except to lasso him and half-choke him when they caught him. She felt round his neck tenderly, but 1593 except for a swollen ridge there, he seemed none the worse. 1594 'Now hurry up - we'll go back to Father's cave -- and then find another cave beyond his to hide in till the two men come 1595 back from the tower. Then we'll creep out into the little stone room and row back to the mainland,' said George. 'I've got 1596 a very, very important book here in my pocket, Timmy.' Timmy growled suddenly, and the hairs on the back of his neck 1597 rose up. George stiffened, and stood listening. 1598 A stern voice came down the passage. 'I don't know who you are or where you've come from -- but if you have dared to 1599 let that dog loose he'll be shot! And, to show you that I mean what I say, here's something to let you know I've a 1600 revolver!' Then there came a deafening crash, as the man pulled the trigger, and a bullet hit the roof somewhere in the 1601 passage. Timmy and George almost jumped out of their skins. Timmy would have leapt up the passage at once, but 1602 George had her hand on his collar. She was very frightened, and tried hard to think' what was best to do. 1603 The echoes of the shot went on and on. It was horrid. Timmy stopped growling, and George stayed absolutely still. 1604

1602-Deafening (adj) - ensurdecedor 1602-Crash (s) – estampido, estrondo 1602-Trigger (s) - gatilho 1602-Bullet (s) - bala 1602-Hit (to) – chocar com 1603-Skin (s) - pele 1603-Leap (to) - pular

1593-Bowl (s) - tigela 1593-ill-treatment (s) – maus-tratos 1594-Lasso (to) - laçar 1594-Felt (to feel) - sentiu 1594-Tenderly (adv) - suavemente 1595-Swollen (adj) - inchado 1595-Ridge (s) – Saliência 1595-None (pron) - nada 1595-Worse (adj) - pior 1596-Beyond (adv, prep) – para além de… 1597-Creep (to) – rastejar, deslizar 1598-Hair (s) – pêlo (animal) – cabelo (humano) 1599-Stiffen (to) – endireitar-se, firmar-se 1599-Stand (to) – parar, estar de pé 1600-Stern (adj) – severo, duro, implacável 1601-Loose (adj) – solto, livre 1601-He’ll be shot – será morto!

135

135

'Well?' said the voice, 'Did you hear what I said? If that dog is loose, he'll be shot. I'm not having my plans spoilt now. 1605 And you, whoever you are, will please come up the tunnel and let me see you. But I warn you - if the dog's with you, 1606 that's the end of him!' 'Timmy! Timmy, run away and hide somewhere!' whispered George suddenly. And then she 1607 remembered something else that filled her with despair. She had her father's precious book of notes with her - in her 1608 pocket! Suppose the man found it on her? It would break her father's heart to know that his wonderful secret had been 1609 stolen from him after all. 1610 George hurriedly took the thin, flat little book from her pocket. She pushed it at Timmy. 'Put it in your mouth. Take it 1611 with you, Tim. And go and hide till it's safe to come. Quick! Go, Timmy, go! I'll be all right.' To her great relief Timmy, 1612 with the book in his mouth, turned and disappeared down the tunnel that led further, under the sea. How, she hoped he 1613 would find a safe hiding place! The tunnel must end soon - but maybe before it did, Timmy would settle down in some 1614 dark corner and wait for her to call him again. 1615 'Will you come up the passage or not?' shouted the voice, angrily. 'You'll be sorry if I have to come and fetch you - 1616

1605-Still (adj) - quieto 1607-Warn (to) - avisar 1608-run away and hide somewhere – corre para te esconderes por aí 1608-Whisper (to) – segredar, dizer baixinho 1609-Fill (to) - encher 1611-Steal (to) - roubar 1611-after all – no fim de contas, no fim de tudo 1612-Thin (adj) – fino, delgado 1613-Relief (s) - alívio 1614-Further (adj) – mais distante 1615-Settle (to) – instalar-se

136

136

because I shall shoot all the way along!' 'I'm coming!' called George, in a small voice, 'and she went up the passage. 1617 She soon saw a beam of light, and in a moment she was in the flash of a powerful torch. There was a surprised 1618 exclamation. 1619 'Good heavens! A boy! What are you doing here, and where did you come from?' George's short curly hair made the 1620 man with the torch think she was a boy, and George did not tell him he was wrong. The man held a revolver, but he let 1621 it drop as he saw George. 1622 'I only came to rescue my dog, and to find my father,' said George, in a meek voice. 1623 'Well, you can't move that heavy stone!' said the man. 'A kid like you wouldn't have the strength. And you can't rescue 1624 your father either! We've got him prisoner, as you no doubt saw.' 'Yes,' said George, delighted to think that the man was 1625 sure she had not been strong enough to move the big stone. She wasn't going to say a word about Timmy! If the man 1626 thought he was still shut up in that tiny cave, well and good! Then she heard her father's voice, anxiously calling from 1627 somewhere beyond the man. 'George! Is that you? Are you all right?' 'Yes, Father!' shouted back George, hoping that he 1628

1624-Strength (s) - força 1625-as you no doubt saw – como tu sem dúvida viste 1625-Doubt (s) - dúvida 1627-Tiny (adj) – muito pequeno 1627-Anxiously (adv) - ansiosamente 1628-Beyond (adv, prep) – para além de

1617-Angrily (adv) – furiosamente, iradamente 1617-Fetch (to) – ir buscar 1618-because I shall shoot all the way along – porque irei aos tiros o caminho todo 1618-Along (adv, prep) – ao longo de 1618-Call (to) - gritar 1618-Small (adj) – fraco, débil 1619-Beam (s) – raio de luz 1619-Powerful (adj) – potente, forte 1620-Short (adj) - curto 1620-Curly (adj) - encaracolado 1621-Hold (to) [prt. e part. pass.: held] - segurar 1621-Let (to) – deixar [prt. e part. pass.: let, arcaísmo prt. e part pass.: letted] 1622-Drop (to) - baixar 1623-Rescue (to) – libertar sem consentimento 1623-Meek (adj) – submisso, humilde 1624-Heavy (adj) - pesado

137

137

would not ask anything about Timmy. The man beckoned her to come to him. Then he pushed her in front of him and 1629 they walked to her father's cave. 1630 'I've brought your boy back,' said the man. 'Silly little idiot -- thinking he could set that savage dog free! We've got him 1631 penned up in a cave with a big boulder in front!' Another man came in from the opposite end of the cave. He was 1632 amazed to see George. The other man explained. 1633 'When I got down here, I heard a noise out beyond this cave, the dog barking and someone talking to him and found this 1634 kid there, trying to set the dog free. I'd have shot the dog, of course, if he had been freed.' 'But - how did this boy get 1635 here?' asked the other man, still amazed. 1636 'Maybe he can tell us that!' said the other. And then, for 'the first time, George's father heard how George had got there 1637 and why. 1638 She told them how she had watched for Timmy in the glass room of the tower and hadn't seen him - and that had 1639 worried her and made her suspicious. So she had come across to the island in her boat at night, and had seen where the 1640

1629-Beckon (to) - acenar 1631-Silly (adj) – pateta, tolo 1632-Pen (to) – fechar, encurralar 1632-Boulder (s) - pedregulho 1632-opposite end – extremo oposto 1633-Amazed (adj) - espantado 1634-Beyond (adv, prep) – para além de 1635-Free (to) – libertar, soltar 1639-Watch (to) - observar 1640-Suspicious (adj) - suspeito

138

138

men came from. She had gone down the tunnel, and kept on till she came to the cave, where she had found her 1641 father. 1642 The three men listened in silence. 'Well, you're a tiresome nuisance,' one of the men said to George, 'but my word, 1643 you're a son to be proud of. It's not many boys would have been brave enough to run so much risk for anyone.' 'Yes. I'm 1644 really proud of you, George,' said her father. He looked at her anxiously. She knew what he was thinking what about his 1645 precious book? Had she been sensible enough to hide it? She did not dare to let him know anything while the men were 1646 there. 1647 'Now, this complicates matters,' said the other man, looking at George. 'If you don't go back home you'll soon be 1648 missed, and there will be all kinds of search parties going on - and maybe someone will send over to the island here to 1649 tell your father you have disappeared! We don't want anyone here at present - not till we know what we want to know!' 1650 He turned to George's father. 'If you will tell us what we want to know, and give us all your notes, we will set you free, 1651 give you whatever sum of money you ask us for, and disappear ourselves.' 'And if I still say I won't?' said George's 1652

1642-Tiresome (adj) - maçador 1642-Nuisance (s) - incómodo 1643-'but my word, you're a son to be proud of – mas palavra que és um filho digno do orgulho de um pai 1643-It's not many boys – não há muitos rapazes 1645-While (conj) - enquanto 1647-Matter (s) - assunto 1648-Miss (to) – dar pela falta de… 1648-Search (s) - busca 1648-Party (s) - grupo 1648-Maybe (adv) - talvez 1648-Send (to) – mandar para 1651-Whatever (adj, pron) – seja o que for 1651-Sum (s) - soma 1651-Ask (to) - pedir

139

139

father. 'Then I am afraid we shall blow up the whole of your machines and the tower - and possibly you will never be 1653 found again because you will be buried down here,' said the man, in a voice that was suddenly very hard. 1654 There was a dead silence. George looked at her father. 'You couldn't do a thing like that,' he said at last. 'You would 1655 gain nothing by it at all!' 'It's all or' nothing with us,' said the man. 'All or nothing. Make up your mind. We'll give you 1656 till half past ten tomorrow morning about seven hours. Then either you tell us everything, or we blow the island sky-1657 high!' They went out of the cave and left George and her father together. Only seven hours! And then, perhaps-- the end 1658 of Kirrin Island! Chapter Eighteen 1659 HALF PAST FOUR IN THE MORNING 1660

As soon as the men were out of earshot, George's father spoke in a low voice. 1661 'It's no good. I'll have to let them have my book of notes. I can't risk having you buried down here, George. I don't mind 1662 anything for myself - workers of my sort have to be ready to take risks all their lives -- but it's different now you're here 1663

1653-Bury (to) – sepultar, enterrar 1654-Dead (adj) - mortal 1655-Gain (to) - ganhar 1655-'It's all or' nothing – é tudo ou nada 1655-Make up your mind – decida-se, resolva-se 1656-sky-high! – até às nuvens 1660-Earshot (s) – alcance do ouvido 1663-Whisper (to) - segredar 1663-Thankfully (adv) – aliviada, agradecidamente 1663-Manage (to) - conseguir

140

140

!' 'Father, I haven't got the book of notes,' whispered George, thankfully. 'I gave them to Timmy. I 'did manage to 1664 get that stone away from the entrance to his little prison - though the men think I didn't! I gave the book to Timmy and 1665 told him to go and hide till I fetched him.' 'Fine work, George!' said her father. 'Well - perhaps if you got Timmy now 1666 and brought him here -- he could deal with these two men before they suspect he is free! He is quite capable of getting 1667 them both down on the ground at once.' 'Oh yes! It's our only chance,' said George. 'I'll go and get him now. I'll go a 1668 little way along the passage and whistle. Father why didn't you go and try and rescue Timmy?' 'I didn't want to leave my 1669 book,' said her father. 'I dared not take it with me, in case the men came after me and found it. They've been looking in 1670 all the caves for it. I couldn't bear to leave it here, and go and look for the dog. I was sure he was all right, when I saw 1671 the men taking biscuits out of the bag. Now do go, George, and whistle to Timmy. The men may be back at any 1672 moment.' George took her torch and went into the passage that led to the little cave where Timmy had been. She 1673 whistled loudly, and then waited. But no Timmy came. She whistled again, and then went further along the passage. 1674 Still no Timmy. 1675

1664-Tell (to) - dizer 1666-he could deal – ele pode atacar 1668-Whistle (to) - assobiar 1668-Father why didn't you go and try and rescue Timmy? – porque não tentou o pai soltar o Tim? 1670-Bear (to) - suportar 1674-Still no timmy – ainda nada do Tim

141

141

She called him loudly. 'TIMMY! TIMMY! COME HERE!' But Timmy did not come. There was no sound of 1676 scampering feet, no joyful bark. 1677 'Oh bother!' thought George. 'I hope he hasn't gone so far away that he can't hear me. I'll go a little further.' So she made 1678 her way along the tunnel, past the cave where Timmy had been, and then on down the tunnel again. Still no Timmy. 1679 George rounded a corner and then saw that the tunnel split into three. Three different passages, all dark, silent and cold. 1680 Oh dear! She didn't in the least know which to take. She took the one on the left. 1681 But that also split into three a little way on! George stopped. 'I shall get absolutely lost in this maze of passages under 1682 the sea if I go on,' she thought. 'I simply daren't. It's too frightening. TIMMY! TIMMY!' Her voice went echoing along 1683 the passage and sounded very queer indeed. She retraced her steps and went right back to her father's cave, feeling 1684 miserable. 1685 'Father, there's no sign of Timmy at all. He must have gone along one of the passages and' got lost! Oh dear, this is 1686 awful. There are lots of tunnels beyond this cave, it seems as if the whole rocky bed of the sea is mined with tunnels!' 1687

1677-Oh bother! – Oh chatice!! 1680-Split (to) - dividir 1681-not in the least - de modo nenhum; 1682-little way on! – um pouco mais adiante 1682-Maze (s) - labirinto 1683-Dare (to) - ousar 1684-to retrace one's steps - voltar atrás; arrepiar caminho;

142

142

George sat down and looked, very downhearted. 1688 'Quite likely,' said her father. 'Well - that's a perfectly good plan gone wrong. We must try and think of another.' 'I do 1689 wonder what Julian and the others will think when they wake up and find me gone,' said George, suddenly. 'They might 1690 even come and try to find me 'here.' 'That wouldn't be much good,' said her father. Then we'll simply come down here 1691 and wait, and nobody will know where we are. The others don't know of the entrance in the little stone room, do they?' 1692 'No,' said George. 'If they came over here I'm sure they'd never find it! We've looked before. And that would mean 1693 they'd be blown up with the island. Father, this is simply dreadful.'' 'If only we knew where Timmy was!" said her 1694 father. Or if we could get a message to Julian to tell him not to. come. What's the time? My word, it's half past three in, 1695 the early morning! I suppose Julian and the others are still asleep.' Julian was fast asleep. So was Anne. Dick was in a 1696 deep sleep as well, so nobody guessed that' George's bed was empty. 1697 But, about half past four Anne awoke, feeling very hot, really must open the window!' she thought. 'I'm boiling!' She 1698 got up and went to 'the window. She opened it, and stood looking out. The stars were out and the bay one faintly. 1699

1688-Downhearted (adj) – desanimado, deprimido 1689-Likely (adj) – provável, possível 1694-Dreadful (adj) – terrível, medonho 1696-Early (adj, adv) – cedo de madrugada 1696-Asleep (adj) – a dormir, adormecido 1696-Fast (adv) - profundamente 1697-Sleep (s) - sono 1697-as well - também 1697-Guess (to) - adivinhar 1697-Empty (adj) - vazio 1698-Awake (to) - acordar 1698-Boil (to) - ferver 1699-Faintly (adj) – vago, indistinto 1699-The stars were out and the bay one faintly – as estrelas pouco se notavam

143

143

'George,' whispered Anne. 'Are you awake?' She listened for a reply. But none came. Then she listened more intently. 1700 Why, she couldn't even hear George's' breathing! Surely George was there? 1701 She felt over George's bed. It was flat and empty. She' switched on the light and looked at it. George's pyjamas were 1702 still on the bed. Her clothes were gone. 1703 'George has gone to the island!' said Anne, in a fright, 'in the dark by herself!' She went to the boys' room. She felt about 1704 Julian's bed for his shoulder, and shook him hard. He woke up with a jump. 'What is it? What's up?' 'Julian! George is 1705 gone. Her bed's not been slept in,' whispered Anne. Her whisper awoke Dick, and soon both boys were sitting up wide 1706 awake. 1707 'Blow! I might have guessed she'd do a fool thing like that,' said Julian. 'In the middle of the night too -- and all those 1708 dangerous rocks to row round. Now what are we going to do about it? I told her she wasn't to go to the island -- Timmy 1709 would be quite all right! I expect Uncle Quentin forgot to take him up to the tower with him yesterday, that's all. She 1710 might have waited till half past ten this morning then she would probably have seen him.' 'Well - we can't do anything 1711

1700-Whisper (to) - murmurar 1700-Awake (to) - acordar 1700-Reply (s) - resposta 1700-None (pron) - nenhum 1700-Intently (adv) - atentamente 1702-Feel (to) – tactear, reconhecer, notar, sentir 1704-Fright (s) - susto 1705-Shoulder (s) - ombro 1707-Wide (adv) - bastante 1707-Awake (adj) - acordado 1708-Guess (to) - adivinhar 1708-Fool (s) - louco 1709-Row (to) - remar

144

144

now, I suppose, can we?' said Anne, anxiously. 1712 'Not a thing,' said Julian. 'I've no doubt she's safely on Kirrin Island by now, making a fuss of Timmy, and having a 1713 good old row with Uncle Quentin. Really,. George is the limit!' They talked for half an hour and then Julian looked at 1714 his watch. 'Five o'clock. We'd better try and get a bit more sleep. Aunt Fanny will b.e worried in the morning when she 1715 hears of George's latest escapade!' Anne went back to her room. She got into bed and fell asleep. Julian could not sleep - 1716 he kept thinking of George and wondering where exactly she was. Wouldn't he give her a talking-to when she came 1717 back! He suddenly heard a peculiar noise downstairs. Whatever could it be? It sounded like someone climbing in, at a 1718 window. Was there one open? Yes, the window of the little wash-place might be open. Crash ! What in the world was 1719 that? It couldn't be a burglar - no burglar would be foolish enough to make such a noise. There was a sound on the 1720 stairs, and then the bedroom door was pushed open. In alarm Julian put out his hand to switch on the light, but before he 1721 could do so something heavy jumped right on top of him! He yelled and Dick woke up with a jump. He put on the light 1722 -- and then Julian saw what was on his bed -Timmy! 'Timmy! How did you get here? Where's George! Timmy, is it 1723

1713-Safely (adv) – em segurança 1714-good old row - discussão 1716-Hear (to) - ouvir 1716-Late (adj) - último 1717-Wouldn't he give her a talking-to when she came back! – havia de ter uma conversa a sério com a prima quando ela voltasse 1718-Peculiar (adj) - estranho 1718-Climb (to) – trepar, subir 1719-wash-place – quarto de banho 1719-Crash (adj) – barulho que faz estrondo 1720-Burglar (s) - ladrão 1720-Foolish (adj) – disparatado, louco 1720-Such (adj) - tal 1722-on top (prep) – em cima de… 1722-Waken (to) - acordar

145

145

really you?' 'Timmy!' echoed Dick, amazed. 'Has George brought him back then? Is she here too?' Anne came in, 1724 wakened by the noise. 'Why, Timmy! Oh Julian, is George back too, then?' 'No, apparently not,' said Julian, puzzled. 'I 1725 say, Tim, 'what's this you've got in your mouth? Drop it, old chap, drop it!' Timmy dropped it. Julian picked it up from 1726 the bed. 'It's a' 'book of notes - all in Uncle's handwriting! What does this mean? How did Timmy get hold of it - and 1727 why did he bring it here? It's most extraordinary!' Nobody could imagine why Timmy had suddenly 'appeared with the 1728 book of notes - and no George. 1729 'It's very queer,' said Julian. 'There's something I don't understand here. Let's go and wake Aunt Fanny.' So they went 1730 and woke her up, telling her all they knew. She was very worried indeed to hear that George was gone. She picked up 1731 the book of notes and knew at once that it was very important. 1732 'I must put this into the safe,' she said. 'I know this is valuable. How did Timmy get hold of it?' Timmy was acting 1733 queerly. He kept pawing at Julian and whining. He had been very pleased to see everyone, but he seemed to have 1734 something on his mind. 1735

1726-old chap – velho amigo 1726-Drop (to) – deixar cair 1726-Pick (to) - apanhar 1727-Hold (to) – ter na sua posse, agarrar 1734-Queerly (adv) – de uma maneira estranha 1734-Paw (to) – dar patadas 1734-Whine (to) – ganir

146

146

'What is it, old boy?' asked Dick. 'How did you get here? You didn't swim, because you're not wet. If you came in a 1736 boat, it must have, been with George -- and yet you've left her behind!' 'I think something's happened to George,' said 1737 Anne, suddenly. 'I think Timmy keeps pawing you to tell you to go with him and find her. Perhaps she brought him 1738 back in the boat, and then was terribly tired and fell asleep on the beach or something. We ought to go and see.' 'Yes, I 1739 think we ought,' said Julian. 'Aunt Fanny, would you like to wake Joanna and get something hot ready, in case we find 1740 George is tired out and cold? We'll go down to the beach and look. It will soon be daylight now. The eastern sky is just 1741 beginning to show its first light. 1742 'Well, go and dress then,' said Aunt Fanny, still looking very worried indeed. 'Oh, what a dreadful family I've got - 1743 always in some scrape or other!' The three children began to dress. Timmy watched them, waiting patiently till they 1744 were ready. Then they all went downstairs and out of doors. Julian turned towards the beach, but Timmy stood still. He 1745 pawed at Dick and then ran a few steps in the opposite direction. 1746

1736-Swim (to) - nadar 1736-Wet (adj) - molhado 1737-Yet (adv) - ainda 1741-Tire (to) – cansar, fatigar 1743-Dress (to) – vestir-se 1743-Dreadful (adj) - terrível 1744-Scrape (s) - sarilho

147

147

'Why - he doesn't want us to go to the beach! He wants us to go another way!' cried Julian, in surprise. 'All right, Timmy 1747 - you lead the way and we'll follow!' 1748

Chapter Nineteen 1749 A MEETING WITH MARTIN 1750 TIMMY ran round the house and made for the moor behind. It was most extraordinary. Wherever was he going? 1751 'This is awfully queer,' said Julian. 'I'm sure George can't be anywhere in this direction.' Timmy went on swiftly, 1752 occasionally turning his head to make sure everyone was following him. He led the way to the quarry! 'The quarry! Did 1753 George come here then?' said Dick. 'But why?' The dog disappeared down into the middle of the quarry, slipping and 1754 sliding down the steep sides as he went. The others followed as best they could. Luckily it was not as slippery as before, 1755 'and they reached the bottom without accident. 1756 Timmy went straight to the shelf of rock and disappeared underneath it. They heard him give a short sharp bark as if to 1757

1748-Follow (to) - seguir 1750-MEETING - encontro 1751-Moor (s) - matagal 1751-Behind (adv, prep) - atrás 1752-Swiftly (adv) – depressa, rapidamente 1754-Slip (to) – escorregar, resvalar 1755-Slide (to) – escorregar, deslizar 1755-Steep (adj) – íngreme, escarpado 1755-Luckily (adv) – felizmente, por sorte 1755-Luckily it was not as slippery as before – felizmente não estava tão escorregadio como antes 1756-Reach (to) – alcançar, atingir 1757-Straight (adj) – direito, directo 1757-Shelf (s) – saliência, prateleira 1757-Underneath (prep, adv) – por baixo de… 1757-Sharp (adj) – som agudo

148

148

say 'Come on! This is the way! Hurry up!' 'He's gone into the tunnel under there,' said Dick. 'Where we thought we 1758 might explore and didn't. There must be a passage or something there, then. But is George there?' 'I'll go first,' said 1759 Julian, and wriggled through the hole. He was soon in the wider bit and then came out into the part where he could 1760 almost stand. He walked a little way in the dark, hearing Timmy bark impatiently now and then. But in a moment or 1761 two Julian stopped. 1762 'It's no good trying to follow you in the dark, Timmy!' he called. 'We'll have to go back and get torches. I can't see a foot 1763 in front of me!' Dick was just struggling through the first part of the hole. Julian called to him to go back. 1764 'It's too dark,' he said. 'We must go and get torches. If George for some reason is up this passage, she must have had an 1765 accident, and we'd better get a rope, and some brandy.' Anne began to cry. She didn't like the idea of George lying hurt 1766 in that dark passage. Julian put his arm round her as soon as he was in the open air again. He helped her up the sides of 1767 the quarry, followed by Dick. 1768 'Now don't worry. We'll get her all right. But it beats me why she Went there and I still can't imagine how Tim and she 1769

1760-Wriggle (to) – torcer o corpo 1760-Wider (adj) – largo, amplo 1760-Bit (s) – bocado, parte 1763-Foot (s) - pé 1764-Struggling (s) – que se esforça 1766-Brandy (s) - aguardente 1766-Lying (adj) – estendido, deitado 1766-Hurt (to) – ferir, magoar 1767-as soon as – logo que 1769-But it beats me – mas isto confunde-me

149

149

came from the island, if they are here, instead of on the beach!' 'Look there's Martin!' suddenly said Dick in surprise. So 1770 there was! He was standing at the top of the quarry, and seemed just as surprised to see them as they were to see him! 1771 'You're up early,' called Dick. 'And goodness me -- are you going gardening or something? Why the spades?' Martin 1772 looked sheepish and didn't seem to know what to say. Julian suddenly walked up to him and caught hold of his 1773 shoulder. 'Look here, Martin! There's some funny business going on here! What are you going to do with those spades? 1774 Have you seen George? Do you know where she is, or anything about her? Come on, tell me!' Martin shook his 1775 shoulder away from Julian's grip, looking extremely surprised. 1776 'George? No! What's happened to him?' 'George isn't a him - she's a her,' said Anne, still crying. 'She's disappeared. We 1777 thought she'd gone to the island to find her dog -- and Timmy suddenly appeared at Kirrin Cottage, and brought us 1778 here!' 'So it looks as if George might be somewhere near here,' said Julian. 'And I want to know if you've seen her or 1779 know anything of her whereabouts?' 'No, Julian. I swear I don't!' said Martin. 1780 'Well, tell me what you're doing here so early in the morning, with spades,' said Julian, roughly. 'Who are you waiting 1781

1772-Spade (s) - pá 1773-Sheepish (adj) - embaraçado 1773-Seem (to) – parecer, dar a impressão de 1773-Catch (to) - agarrar 1773-Hold (to) – agarrar, segurar com a mão 1774-Funny (adj) - estranho 1776-Grip (s) - aperto 1777-Still (adv) - ainda 1777-Cry (to) - chorar 1779-See (to) - ver 1780-Swear (to) - jurar 1781-Roughly (adv) - rudemente

150

150

for? Your father?' 'Yes,' said Martin. 1782 'And what are you going to do?.' asked Dick. 'Going exploring up the hole there?' 'Yes,' said Martin again, sullen and 1783 worried. 'No' harm in that, is there?' 'It's all - very - queer,' said Julian, eyeing him and speaking slowly and loudly. 'But 1784 - let me tell you this -we're going exploring -- not you! If there's anything queer up that hole, we'll 'find it! We shall not 1785 allow, you or your father to get through the hole. So go and find him and tell him that!' Martin didn't move. He went 1786 very white, and stared at Julian miserably. Anne went up to him, tears still on her face and put her hand on his arm. 1787 'Martin, what is 'it? Why do you look like that? What's the mystery?' And then, to the dismay and horror of everyone, 1788 Martin turned away with a noise that sounded very like a sob! He stood with his back to them, his shoulders shaking. 1789 'Good gracious! What is up?' said Julian, in exasperation. 'Pull yourself together, Martin! Tell us what's worrying you.' 1790 'Everything, everything!' said Martin, in a muffled voice. Then he swung round to face them. 'You don't know what it is 1791 to have no mother and no father - nobody who cares about you - and then...' 'But you have got a father!' said Dick at 1792 once. 1793

1783-Sullen (adj) - rabugento 1784-Worried (adj) - preocupado 1784-Harm (s) – mal, dano 1784-'No' harm in that, is there? – não há mal nisso pois não? 1784-Loudly (adv) - vigorosamente 1786-Allow (to) - permitir 1787-White (adj) - branco 1787-Stare (to) – olhar fixamente 1787-Tear (s) - lágrima 1788-Everyone (pron) – toda a gente 1789-Turn away – virar a cara ou as costas 1789-Sob (to) - soluçar 1789-Back - costas 1789-Shak (to) - tremer 1790-What is up? – que aconteceu? 1790-'Pull yourself together Martin – acalma-te Martin, controla-te Martin 1791-Muffled – som abafado 1791-Swing (to) – virar, rodar

151

151

'I haven't. He's not my father, that man. He's only my guardian, but he makes me call him father whenever we're on a 1794 job together.' 'A job? What sort of job?' said Julian. 1795 'Oh any kind -- all beastly,' said Martin. 'Snooping round and finding things out about people, and then getting money 1796 from them if we promise to say nothing -and receiving stolen goods and selling them - and helping people like the men 1797 who are after your uncle's secret...' 'Oho!' said Dick at once. Now we're coming to it. I thought' you and Mr. Curton 1798 were both suspiciously interested in Kirrin Island. What's this present job, 'then?' 'My guardian will half-kill me for 1799 telling all this,' said Martin. 'But, you see, they're planning 'to blow up the island -- and it's about the worst thing I've 1800 ever been mixed up in - and I know your uncle is there - and perhaps George too now, you say. I can't go on with it!' A 1801 few more tears ran down his cheeks. It was awful to see a boy crying like that, and the three felt sorry for Martin now. 1802 They were also full of horror when they heard him say that the island was to be blown up! 'How do you know this?' 1803 asked Julian. 1804 'Well, Mr. Curton's got a wireless receiver and transmitter as you know,' explained Martin, 'and so have the fellows on 1805

1794-Whenever (adv) – sempre que 1795-Job (s) - trabalho 1796-Beastly (adj) – brutal, horrível 1796-Snoop (to) - bisbilhotar 1797-Steal (to) - roubar 1797-Goods (s) - bens 1797-Sell (to) - vender 1800-Worst (adj) – pior de todos 1801-Ever (adv) – alguma vez 1801-Mix (to) – associar-se 1801-Mix up (to) - misturar 1802-Tear (s) - lágrima 1802-Cheek (s) – face, bochecha 1802-Sorry (adj) – com pena 1803-Full (adj) - cheio

152

152

the island -- the ones who are after your uncle's secret -- so they can easily keep in touch with one another. They 1806 mean to get the secret if they can - if not they are going to blow the whole place sky-high so that nobody can get the 1807 secret. But they can't get away by boat, because they don't know the way through those rocks....' 'Well, how will they 1808 get away then?' demanded Julian. 1809 'We feel sure this hole that Timmy found the other day, leads down to the sea, and under the sea-bed to Kirrin Island,' 1810 said Martin. 'Yes, I know it sounds too mad to be true - but Mr. Curton's got an old map which clearly shows there was 1811 once a passage under the sea-bed. If there is - well, the fellows across on the island can escape down it, after making all 1812 preparations for the island to be blown up. See?' 'Yes,' said Julian, taking a long breath. 'I do see. I see it all very clearly 1813 now. .I see something else too! Timmy has found his way from the island, using that same passage you have just told us 1814 about - and that's why he's led us back here -- to take us to the island and rescue Uncle Quentin and George.' There was 1815 a deep silence. Martin stared at the ground. Dick and Julian thought hard. Anne sobbed a little. It all seemed quite 1816 unbelievable to her. Then Julian put his hand on Martin's arm. 1817

1806-Touch (s) - contacto 1806-so they can easily keep in touch with one another – assim podem facilmente estar em contacto uns com os outros 1806-Mean (to) - querer 1813-taking a long breath – respirando fundo 1813-'I do see - compreendo 1815-Rescue (to) - salvar 1816-Martin stared at the ground – Martin olhava para o chão 1816-Sob (to) - soluçar 1817-Unbelievable (adj) - inacreditável

153

153

'Martin! You did right to tell us. We may be able to prevent something dreadful. But you must help. We may need those 1818 spades of yours - and I expect you've got torches too.' We haven't We don't want to waste time going back and getting 1819 them - so will you come with us and help us? Will you lend us those spades and torches?' 'Would you trust me?' said 1820 Martin, in a low voice. 'Yes, I want to come and help you. And if we get in now, my guardian won't be able to follow, 1821 because he won't have a torch. We 'can get to the island and bring your uncle and George safely back.' 'Good for you!' 1822 said Dick. 'Well, come on then. We've been talking far too long. Come on down again, Ju. Hand him a spade and torch, 1823 Martin.' 'Anne, you're not to come,' said Julian, to his little sister. 'You're to go back and tell Aunt Fanny what's 1824 happened. Will you do that?' 'Yes. I don't want to come,' said Anne. 'I'll go back now. Do be careful, Julian!' She 1825 climbed down with the boys and then stood and watched till all three had disappeared, into the hole. Timmy, who had 1826 been waiting impatiently during the talking, barking now and again, was glad to find that at last they were going to 1827 make a move. He ran ahead in the tunnel, his eyes gleaming green every time he turned to see if they were following. 1828 Anne began to climb up the steep side of the quarry again. Then, thinking she heard a cough, she stopped and crouched 1829

1818-Right (adj) - bem 1818-Prevent (to) - impedir 1818-Dreadful (adj) - terrível 1819-Waste (to) - desperdiçar 1820-Lend (to) - emprestar 1821-Low (adj) - baixo 1823-Far (adj, adv) - muito 1823-Long (adj) – com grande duração, com grande demora 1823-Too (adv) - demasiado 1823-Hand in (to) - entregar 1828-Move (to) - deslocar 1828-Ahead (adj) – à frente 1828-Gleaming (adj) - reluzente 1829-Crouch (to) – inclinar-se

154

154

under a bush. She peered through the leaves and saw Mr. Curton. Then she heard his voice. 1830 'Martin! Where on earth are you?' So he had come to look for Martin and go up the tunnel with him! Anne hardly dared 1831 to breathe. Mr. Curton called again and again, then made an impatient noise and began to climb down the side of the 1832 quarry. 1833 Suddenly he slipped! He clutched at a bush as he passed, but it gave way. He rolled quite near Anne, and caught sight of 1834 her.' He looked astonished, but then his look became one of fear as he rolled more and more quickly to the bottom of 1835 the deep quarry. Anne heard him give a deep groan as at last he came to a stop. 1836 Anne peered down in fright. Mr. Curtin was sitting up, holding one of his legs and groaning. He looked up to see if he 1837 could spy Anne. . 1838 'Anne!' he called. 'I've broken my leg, I think. Can you fetch help? What are you doing here so early? Have you seen 1839 Martin?' ' ' Anne did not answer. If he had broken his leg, then he couldn't go after the others! And Anne could get away 1840 quickly. She climbed carefully, afraid of rolling down to the bottom and having to lie beside the horrid Mr. Curton. 1841

1830-Under (prep) – debaixo de 1830-Peer (to) - espreitar 1830-Leaf (s) - folha 1831-Earth (s) - mundo 1831-Look for (to) – procurar por 1834-Clutch (to) – agarrar-se 1834-Give way (to) – ceder, dar de si, partir 1834-Catch (to) - apanhar 1834-Sight (to) - ver 1835-Fear (s) - receio 1836-Groan (s) - gemido 1837-Peer (to) - espreitar 1837-Fright (s) - susto 1839-Fetch (to) – ir buscar 1841-Lie (to) – estar deitado

155

155

'Anne!' Have you seen Martin? Look for him and get help for me, will you?' shouted Mr.' Curton, and then groaned 1842 again. 1843 Anne climbed' to the top of the quarry' and looked down. She cupped her hands round her mouth and shouted loudly: 1844 'You're a very wicked man. I shan't fetch help for you. I simply can't bear you!' 'Arid, having got, all that off her chest, 1845 the little girl shot off at top speed over the moor. 1846 'I must tell Aunt Fanny. She'll know what to do! Oh 'I hope the' others are safe. What shall we do if the island blows up? 1847 I'm glad, glad, glad I told Mr. Curton be was very wicked man.' And on she ran, panting. Aunt Fanny would know what 1848 to do! 1849 Chapter Twenty 1850 EVERYTHING BOILS UP! 1851 Meanwhile the three boys and Timmy were having a strange journey underground. Timmy led the way without 1852 faltering, stopping every now and again for the others to catch up with him. 1853

1842-Look for (to) - procurar 1844-Cup (to) – pôr as mãos em concha 1845-Wicked (adj) – mau, malvado 1845-an arid discussion - uma discussão infrutífera; 1845-Chest (s) - peito 1845-'Arid, having got, all that off her chest, - tendo desabafado desta maneira, 1846-shot off (to) – partir como uma flecha, sair disparado 1846-Top (s) - máximo 1848-Panting (adj) – ofegante, arquejante 1851-BOIL (to) - ferver 1852-Meanwhile (adv) - entretanto 1852-Way (s) - caminho 1853-Falter (to) – hesitar, vacilar

156

156

The tunnel at first had a very low roof and the boys had to walk along in a stooping position, which was very tiring 1854 indeed. But after a bit the roof became higher and Julian, flashing his torch round, saw that the walls and floor, instead 1855 of being made of soil, were now made of rock. He tried to reckon out where they were. 1856 'We've come practically straight towards the cliff,' he said to Dick. 'That's allowing for a few turns and twists. The 1857 tunnel has sloped down so steeply the last few hundred yards that I think we must be very far underground indeed.' It 1858 was not until the boys heard the curious booming noise that George had heard in the caves, that they knew they must be 1859 under the rocky bed of the sea. They were walking under the sea to Kirrin Island. How strange, how unbelievably 1860 astonishing! 'It's like 'a peculiarly vivid dream,' said Julian. 'I'm not sure I like it very much! All right, Tim -- we're 1861 coming. Hallo - what's this?' They all stopped. Julian flashed his torch ahead and saw a pile of fallen rocks. Timmy had 1862 managed to squeeze himself through a hole in them and go through to the other side, but the boys couldn't. 1863 'This is where the spades come in, Martin!' said Dick, cheerfully. 'Take a hand!' By dint of pushing and shovelling, the 1864 boys at last managed to move the pile of fallen rocks enough to make a way past. 'Thank goodness for the spades!' said 1865

1861-'It's like 'a peculiarly vivid dream – é como se sonhássemos acordados 1862-Ahead (adj, adv) – à frente 1862-Fallen (adj) - caído 1863-Manage (to) - conseguir 1863-Squeeze (to) - espremer 1864-Cheerfully (adv) - animadamente 1864-'Take a hand – dá uma ajuda! 1864-Dint (to) – amolgar, dar pancada 1864-Shovel (s) – pá; (to) – escavar, abrir caminho com uma pá 1865-Enough (adj, s) – o bastante, suficiente

1854-Tiring (adj) – cansativo, fatigante 1855-Higher (adv) – mais alto 1856-Soil (s) - terra 1856-Reckon (to) - calcular 1857-Allow for – contar com 1857-Few (adj) - poucos 1857-Turn (s) - volta 1857-Twist (s) – curva, volta 1858-slope down (to) – descer a pique 1858-Steeply (adv) – a pique 1858-Hundred (num) - cem 1858-Far (adj, adv) – muito, distante (nível) 1859-Until (prep) - até 1859-Boom (s) – rugido, bramido 1860-Unbelievably - inacreditavelmente 1861-Astonishing (adj) - espantoso 1861-Peculiarly (adv) - característicamente 1861-Vivid (adj) - vivo

157

157

Julian. 1866 They went on, and were soon very glad of the spades again, to move another heap of rock. Timmy barked impatiently 1867 when they kept him waiting. He was very anxious to get back to George. 1868 Soon they came to where the tunnel forked into two. But Timmy took the right-hand passage without hesitation, and 1869 when that one forked into three, he again chose one without stopping to think for one moment 'Marvellous, isn't he?' 1870 said Julian. 'All done by smell! He's been this way once, so he knows it again. We 'should be completely lost under here 1871 if we came by ourselves.' 'Martin was not enjoying this adventure at all. He said very little, but labored on after the 1872 others. Dick guessed he was worrying about what was going to happen when the adventure was over. Poor Martin. All 1873 he wanted to do was to draw -- and instead of that he had been dragged into one horrible job after another, and used as a 1874 cat's-paw by his evil guardian. 1875 'Do you think we're anywhere near the island?' said Dick, at last. 'I'm getting tired of this!' 'Yes, we must be,' said Julian. 1876 'In fact I think we'd better be as quiet as we can, in case we come suddenly on the enemy!' So, without speaking again, 1877

1867-Heap (s) - montão 1872-Enjoy (to) - gozar 1872-He said very little – ele falou muito pouco 1872-After (prep) – atrás de… 1872-Labour (to) – trabalhar no duro 1873-Guess (to) – imaginar, adivinhar 1873-Over (prep) – durante, enquanto 1874-Drag (to) – arrastar, puxar 1875-cat's-paw – pau para toda a obra 1875-Evil (adj) – malvado, perverso 1875-Guardian (s) – tutor, protector 1877-be as quiet – fazer o menos barulho possível

158

158

they went as quietly as they could -- and then suddenly they saw a faint light ahead of them. Julian put out his hand 1878 to stop the others. 1879 They were nearing the cave where George's father had his books and papers -- where George had found him the night 1880 before. Timmy stood in front of them, listening too. He was not going 'to run headlong into danger! They heard voices, 1881 and listened intently to see whose they were. 'George's -- and Uncle Quentin's,' said Julian at last. And, as if Timmy had 1882 also satisfied himself that those were indeed the two voices, the dog ran ahead and went into the lighted cave, barking 1883 joyfully. 1884 'Timmy!' came George's voice, and they heard something overturn as she sprang up. 'Where have you been?' 'Woof,' 1885 said Timmy, trying to explain. 'Woof!' And then Julian and Dick ran into the cave followed by Martin! Uncle Quentin 1886 and George stared in the very greatest amazement. 1887 'Julian! Dick! And Martin! How did you get here?' cried George, whilst Timmy jumped and capered round her. 1888 'I'll explain,' said Julian. 'It was Timmy that fetched us!' And he related the whole story of how Timmy had come into 1889

1878-Ahead – à frente 1881-Headlong (adj) – de cabeça, impetuosamente 1883-Also (adv) - também 1885-Overturn (to) – virar-se, voltar-se 1885-Spring up (to) – levantar-se de repente 1887-Amazement (s) – assombro, espanto 1888-Whilst (conj) - enquanto 1888-Jump (to) - saltar 1888-Caper (to) – dar cabriolas 1889-Fetch (to) – trazer, ir buscar

159

159

Kirrin Cottage in the early morning and had jumped on his bed, and all that had happened since. 1890 And then, in their turn, Uncle Quentin and George told all that had happened to them! 'Where are the two men?' asked 1891 Julian. 1892 'Somewhere on the island,' said George. 'I went scouting after them some time ago, and followed them up to where they 1893 get out into the little stone room. I think they're there until half past ten, when they'll go up and signal, so that people 1894 will think everything is all right.' 'Well, what are our plans?' said Julian. 'Will you come back down the passage under 1895 the sea with us? Or what shall we do?' 'Better not do that,' said Martin, quickly. 'My guardian may be coming -- and he's 1896 in touch with other men. If he wonders where I am, and thinks something is up, he may call in two or three others, and 1897 we might meet them making their way up the passage.' They did not know, of course, that Mr. Curton was even then 1898 lying with a broken leg at the bottom of the quarry. Uncle Quentin considered. 1899 'I've been given seven hours to say whether or not I will give the fellows my secret,' he said. 'That time will be up just 1900 after half past ten. Then the men will come down again to see me. I think between us we ought to be able to capture 1901

1890-Since (adv) – desde então, desde essa altura 1893-Scout (to) – observar, vigiar 1893-After (prep) – atrás de… 1893-Ago (adj, adv) – passado, decorrido, anteriormente 1894-Until (prep) - até 1898-Even (adv) – ainda 1899-Lying (adj) – estendido, deitado 1900-'I've been given seven hours to say whether or not I will give the fellows my secret,' he said – deram-me sete horas para eu resolver se entregava ou não o meu segredo, disse ele

160

160

them -- especially as we've got Timmy with us!' 'Yes - that's a good idea,' said Julian. 'We could hide somewhere 1902 'till they come -- and then set Timmy on them before they suspect anything!' Almost before he had finished these words 1903 the light in the cave went out! Then a voice spoke out of the blackness. 1904 'Keep still! One movement and I'll shoot.' ' George gasped. What was happening? Had the men come back 1905 unexpectedly? Oh, why hadn't Timmy given them warning? She had been fondling his ears, so probably he had been 1906 unable to hear anything! She held Timmy's collar, afraid that he would fly at the man in the darkness and be shot. The 1907 voice spoke again. 1908 'Will you or will you not give us your secret?' 'Not,' said Uncle Quentin, in a low voice. 1909 'You will have this whole island, and all your work blown up then, and yourself too and the others?' 'Yes! You can do 1910 'what you like!' suddenly yelled George. You'll be blown up yourself too. You'll never be able' to get away in a boat - 1911 you'll go on the rocks!' The man in the darkness laughed. 'We shall be safe,' he said. 'Now, keep at the back of the cave. 1912 I have you covered with my revolver.' 'They all crouched at the back. Timmy growled, but George made him stop at 1913

1906-Fondling - acariciar 1907-Hold (to) - segurar 1907-Unable (adj) - incapaz 1910-Whole (adj) – inteiro, todo 1913-Crouch (to) - recuar

161

161

once. She did not know if the men knew he was free or not. 1914 Quiet footsteps passed across the cave in the darkness. 1915 George listened, straining her ears. Two pairs of foot steps! Both men were passing through the cave. She knew where 1916 they were going! They were going to escape by the undersea passage - and leave the island to be blown up behind them! 1917 As soon as the footsteps had died away, George switched on her torch. 'Father! Those men are escaping now, down the 1918 sea-tunnel. We must escape too - but not that way/ My boat is on the shore. Let's get there quickly and get away before 1919 there's any explosion.' 'Yes, come along,' said her father. 'But if only I could get up into my tower, I could stop any 1920 wicked plan of theirs! They mean to use the power there, I know - but if I could get up to the glass room, I could undo 1921 all their 'plans!' 'Oh do be quick then, Father!' cried George, getting in quite a panic now. 'Save my island if you can!' 1922 They 'all made their way through the cave, up to the passage that led to the stone flight of steps from the little stone 1923 room. And there they had a shock! 'The stone could not be opened from the inside! The men had altered the mechanism 1924 so that it could now only be opened from the outside. 1925

1921-Wicked (adj) - malvado 1921-Undo (to) – desfazer, desmanchar 1923-Flight (s) – fuga, retirada

162

162

"In vain Uncle Quentin swung the lever to and fro. Nothing happened. The stone would not move. 1926 'It's only from outside it can be opened,' he said in despair. 'We're trapped! They sat down on the stone steps in a row, 1927 one above the other. They were cold, hungry and miserable. What could they do now? Make th'eir way back to the cave 1928 and then go on 'down the' under-sea tunnel? 1929 'I don't want to do that said Uncle Quentin. 'I'm so afraid that if there is an explosion, it may crack the rocky bed of the 1930 sea, which is 'the roof of the tunnel -and then water would pour in. It wouldn't be pleasant if we happened to be thereat 1931 that moment.' ' 'Oh no. Don't let's be trapped like that,' said George, with a shudder. 'I couldn't bear it.' ' 'Perhaps I could 1932 'get something to explode this stone away,' 'said her father, after a while. 'I've got plenty of stuff if only I've time to put 1933 it together.' 'Listen!' said Julian, suddenly. 'I can hear something outside this wall. Sh!' 'They all listened intently. 1934 Timmy whined and scratched at the stone that would not move. 1935 'It's voices!' cried Dick. 'Lots of them.' Who 'can it be?' 'Be quiet,' said Julian, fiercely. 'We must find out!' 'I know, I 1936 know!' said George, suddenly. 'It's the fishermen who have come over in their boats! That's why the men didn't wait till 1937

1926-Swing (to) – girar, rodar 1926-Lever (s) - alavanca 1926-To anf fro – de uma lado para o outro 1927-Trap (to) – apanhar em armadilha 1928-Row (s) - fila 1928-Above (adv, prep) - acima 1931-pour in (to) – entrar em torrentes 1931-Thereat (adv) – nesse lugar 1932-Shudder (s) - calafrio 1933-A while – uns instantes 1936-Fiercely (adj) - furiosamente 1936-find out (to) - descobrir

163

163

half past ten! That's why they've gone in such a hurry! They saw the fisher-boats coming!' 'Then Anne must have 1938 brought them!' cried Dick. She must have run home to Aunt Fanny, told her everything and given the news to the 1939 fishermen - and they've come to rescue us! Anne! ANNE! WE'RE HERE!' Timmy began to bark deafeningly. The 1940 others encouraged him, because they felt certain that Timmy's bark was louder than their shouts! 'WOOF! WOOF! 1941 WOOF!' Anne heard the barking and the shouting as soon as she ran into the little stone room. 'Where are you? Where 1942 are you?' she yelled. 1943 'HERE! HERE! MOVE THE STONE!' yelled Julian, shouting so loudly that everyone near him jumped violently. 1944 'Move aside, Miss - I can see which stone it is,' said a man's deep voice. It was one of the fishermen. He felt round and 1945 about the stone in the recess, sure it was the right one because it was cleaner than the others through being used as an 1946 entrance. 1947 Suddenly he touched the right place, and found a tiny iron spike. He pulled it down - and the lever swung back behind 1948 it, and pulled the stone aside! Everyone hurried out, one on top of the other! The six fishermen standing in the little 1949

1940-Rescue (to) – socorrer, salvar 1940-Deafeningly - ensurdecedoramente 1945-Aside (adv) – de parte 1946-it was cleaner than the others – estava mais branca que as outras 1946-Through (prep) - por 1948-Spike (s) - prego 1948-Lever (s) - alavanca 1948-Swing (to) – girar, rodar 1949-Aside (adv) – de parte 1949-one on top of the other! – (quiseram sair todos ao mesmo tempo) um na frente do outro

164

164

room stared in astonishment. Aunt Fanny was there too, and Anne. Aunt Fanny ran to her husband as soon as he 1950 appeared - but to her surprise he pushed her away quite roughly. 1951 He ran out of the room, and hurried to the tower. Was he in time to save the island and everyone on it? Oh hurry, hurry! 1952 ' 1953 Chapter Twenty-one 1954 THE END OF THE ADVENTURE 1955 'WHERE'S he gone?' said Aunt Fanny, quite hurt. Nobody answered. Julian, George and Martin were watching the 1956 tower with anxious intensity. If only Uncle Quentin would appear at the top. Ah - there he was! He had taken up with 1957 him a big stone. As everyone watched he smashed the glass round the tower with the stone. Crash! Crash! Crash! The 1958 wires that ran through the glass were broken and split as the glass crashed into pieces. No power could race through 1959 them now. Uncle Quentin leaned out of the broken glass room and shouted exultantly. 1960 'It's all right! I was in time! I've destroyed the power that might have blown up the island - you're safe!' George found 1961

1951-Roughly (adv) - rudemente 1956-Hurt (to) – ferir, magoar 1958-Smash (to) – partir, quebrar 1959-Split (adj) – cortado em dois 1959-Crashed - despedaçado 1959-Race (to) - correr 1960-Lean out (to) – debruçar-se

165

165

that her knees were suddenly shaking. She had to sit down on the floor. Timmy came and licked her face wonderingly. 1962 Then he too sat down. 1963 'What's he doing, smashing the tower up?' asked a burly fisherman. 'I don't understand all this.' Uncle Quentin came 1964 down the tower and rejoined them. 'Another ten minutes and I should have been too late,' he said. 'Thank goodness, 1965 Anne, you all arrived when you did.', 'I ran all the way home, told Aunt Fanny, and we got the fishermen to come over 1966 as soon as they could get out their boats,' explained Anne. 'We couldn't think of any other way of rescuing you. Where 1967 are the wicked men?' 'Trying to escape down the under-sea tunnel,' said Julian. 'Oh - you don't know about that, Anne!' 1968 Arid he told her; while the fishermen listened open-mouthed. 1969 'Look here,' said Uncle Quentin, when he had finished. 'As the boats are here, the men might as well take all my gear 1970 back with them. I've finished my job here. I shan't want the island any more.' 'Oh! Then we can have it!' said George, 1971 delighted. 'And there's plenty of the holidays left. We'll help to bring up what you want, Father.' 'We ought to get back 1972 as quickly as we can, so as to catch those fellows at the other end of the tunnel, sir,' said one of the fishermen. 1973

1962-Shak (to) - tremer 1962-Wonderingly (adv) - admiravelmente 1964-Smash (to) - partir 1964-Burly (adj) - corpulento 1965-Rejoin (to) - reunir 1967-Rescue (to) – socorrer, salvar 1968-Wicked (adj) – mau, malvado 1969-Arid - ?? 1969-While (conj) - enquanto 1970-as well - também 1971-Gear (s) – equipamento, aparelhagem 1972-Bring (to) - trazer

166

166

'Yes. We ought,' said Aunt Fanny. 1974 'Gracious! They'll find Mr. Curton there with a broken leg,' said Anne, suddenly remembering. 1975 The others looked at her in surprise. This was the first they had heard of Mr. Curton being in the quarry. Anne 1976 explained. 1977 'And I told him he was a very wicked man,' she ended triumphantly. 1978 'Quite right,' said Uncle Quentin, with a laugh. 'Well, perhaps we'd better get my gear another time.' 'Oh; two of us can 1979 see to that for you now,' said the burly fisherman. 'Miss George here, she's got her boat in the cove, and you've got 1980 yours, sir. The others can go 'back with you, if you like - and Tom and me, we'll fix up your things and bring them 1981 across to the mainland later on. Save us coming over again, sir.' 'Right,' said Uncle Quentin, pleased. 'You do that, then. 1982 It's down in the caves through that tunnel behind the stone.' They all went down to the cove. It was a beautiful day and 1983 the sea was very calm, except just round the island, where the waters were always rough. Soon the boats were being 1984 sailed or rowed to the mainland. 1985

1980-two of us can see to that for you now – dois de nós podem fazer isso agora 1980-See (to) – providenciar, tratar de… 1980-Burly (adj) - corpulento 1981-fix up (to) – arranjar, organizar 1982-Mainland (s) – continente, terra firme 1982-Save us coming over again, - escusamos assim de cá voltar 1985-Sail (to) – navegar à vela

167

167

'The adventure is over!' said Anne. 'How queer - I didn't think it was one while it was happening -- but now I see it was!' 1986 'Another to add to our long list of adventures,' said Julian. 'Cheer up, Martin - don't look so blue. Whatever happens, 1987 we'll see you don't come out badly over this. You helped us, and you threw in your lot with us. We'll see that you don't 1988 suffer - won't we, Uncle Quentin? We'd never have got through those falls of rock if we hadn't had Martin and his 1989 spades!' 'Well - thanks,' said Martin. 'If you can get me away from my guardian - and never let me see him again -I'd be 1990 happy!' 'It's quite likely that Mr. Curton will be put somewhere safe where he won't be able to see his friends for quite a 1991 long time,' said Uncle Quentin dryly. 'So I don't think you need worry.' As soon as the boats reached shore, Julian, Dick, 1992 Timmy and Uncle Quentin went off to the quarry to see if Mr. Curton was still there - and to wait for the other two men 1993 to come out of the tunnel! Mr. Curton was there all right, still groaning and calling for help. Uncle Quentin spoke to him 1994 sternly. 1995 'We know your part in this matter, Curton. You will be dealt with by the' police. They will be along in a short while.' 1996 Timmy sniffed round Mr. Curton, and then walked away, nose in air, as if to say 'What a nasty bit of work!' The others 1997

1986-Over (adj) – terminado, acabado 1986-While (conj) - enquanto 1987-Add to (to) - aumentar 1987-So blue – tão preocupado 1988-Come out – vir a público, tornar-se conhecido 1988-See (to) – providenciar, tratar de, fazer com que 1988-Badly (adv) - mal 1988-throw in (to) – fazer, intervir 1988-Lot (s) – ocorrência, destino 1989-Suffer (to) – sofrer, padecer 1991-Likely (adj) - provável 1992-Dryly (adv) – secamente, friamente 1992-Reach (to) – atingir, alcançar 1992-As soon as – logo que 1995-Sternly (adv) - severamente 1996-Deal with (to) – lidar com 1996-Short while – um tempinho 1996-Along – para diante, breve 1997-Nasty (adj) – desagradável, sórdido 1997-'What a nasty bit of work! – que trabalho tão sujo!!

168

168

arranged themselves at the mouth of the hole and waited. 1998 But nobody came. An hour went by - two hours. Still nobody. 'I'm glad Martin and Anne didn't come,' said Uncle 1999 Quentin. 'I do wish we'd brought sandwiches.' At that moment the police arrived, scrambling down the steep sides of the 2000 quarry. The police doctor was with them and he saw to Mr. Curton's leg. Then, with the help of the others, he got the 2001 man to the top with great difficulty. 2002 'Julian, go back and get sandwiches,' said Uncle Quentin at last. 'It looks as if we've got a long wait!' Julian went back, 2003 and was soon down the quarry with neat packets of ham sandwiches and a thermos of hot coffee. The two policemen 2004 who were still left offered to stay and watch, if Uncle Quentin wanted to go home. 2005 'Dear me, no!' he said. 'I want to see' the faces of these two fellows when they come out. It's going to be one of the 2006 nicest moments of my life! The island is not blown up. My secret is safe. My book is safe. My work is finished. And I 2007 just want to tell these things to my two dear friends!' 'You know, Father, I believe they've lost their way underground,' 2008 said George. 'Julian said there were many different, passages. Timmy took the boys through the right ones, of course -- 2009

1998-Arrange (to) – fazer preparativos 1998-Mouth (s) – boca, entrada 2000-Scramble (to) – trepar, escalar 2003-'It looks as if we've got a long wait! – parece-me que ainda temos de esperar muito tempo 2004-Neat (adj) – bem arranjado 2004-Packet (s) – pacote, embalagem 2004-Ham (s) - presunto 2007-Nicest - melhores

169

169

but they would have been quite lost if they hadn't had him with them!' Her father's face fell at the thought of the men 2010 being lost underground. He did so badly want to see their dismayed faces when they arrived in the quarry! 'We could 2011 send Timmy in,' said Julian. 'He would soon find them and bring them out. Wouldn't you, Tim?' 'Woof,' said Timmy, 2012 agreeing. 2013 'Oh yes - that's a good idea,' said George. 'They won't hurt him if they think he can show them the way out! Go on in, 2014 Timmy. Find them boy; find them! Bring them here!' 'Woof,' said Timmy, obligingly, and disappeared under the shelf 2015 of rock. 2016 Everyone waited, munching sandwiches and sipping coffee. And then they heard Timmy's bark again, from 2017 underground! There was a panting noise, then' a scraping sound as somebody came wriggling out from under the rock. 2018 He stood up - and then he saw the silent group watching him. He gasped. 2019 'Good morning, Johnson,' said Uncle Quentin, in an amiable voice. 'How are you?' Johnson went white. He sat down on 2020 the nearby heather. 'You win!' he said. 2021

2010-Fall (to) – entristecer-se 2010-Thought (s) – pensamento, ideia 2011-Badly (adv) - muito 2013-Agree (to) - concordar 2015-Obligingly (adv) - amavelmente 2017-Sip (to) – beber aos golinhos 2018-Pant (to) - arquejar 2018-Wriggle (to) – torcer o corpo 2018-Scrap (to) – lutar, brigar 2020-Amiable (adj) - amável 2021-Nearby (adv) - próximo 2021-Heather (s) - tojo 2021-Win (to) - ganhar

170

170

'I do,' said Uncle Quentin. 'In fact, I win handsomely. Your' little plan went wrong. My secret is still safe - and next 2022 year it will be given to the whole world!' There was another scraping sound and the second man arrived. He stood up 2023 too - and then he saw the quietly watching group. 2024 'Good morning, Peters,' said Uncle Quentin. 'So nice to see you again. How did you like your underground walk? We 2025 found it better to come by sea.' Peters looked at Johnson, and he too sat down suddenly. 'What's happened?' he said to 2026 Johnson. 2027 'It's all up,' said Johnson. Then Timmy appeared, wagging his tail, and went to George. 2028 'I bet they were glad when Timmy came up to them!' said 'Julian. 2029 Johnson looked at him. 'Yes. We were lost in those hateful tunnels. Curton said he'd come to meet us, but he never 2030 came.' 'No. He's probably in the prison hospital by now, with a broken leg,' said Uncle Quentin. 'Well, constable - do 2031 your duty.' Both men were at once arrested. Then the whole company made their way back over the moor. The two men 2032 were put into a police car and driven off. The rest of the company went into Kirrin Cottage to have a good meal. 2033

2022-Handsomely (adv) – totalmente, com elegância 2029-Bet (to) - apostar 2030-Hateful (adj) – odioso, abominável 2031-Constable (s) - polícia 2032-Arrest (to) – prender, deter

171

171

'I'm most terribly hungry,' said George. 'Joanna, have you got anything nice for breakfast?' 'Not much,' said Joanna, 2034 from the kitchen. 'Only bacon and eggs and mushrooms!' 'Oooh!' said Anne. 'Joanna, you shall have the O.B.C.B.E.!' 2035 'And what may that be?' cried Joanna, but Anne couldn't remember. 2036 'It's a decoration!' she cried. 2037 'Well, I'm not a Christmas tree!' shouted back Joanna. 'You come and help with the breakfast!' It was a very jolly 2038 breakfast that the seven of them -no eight, for Timmy must certainly be counted -- sat down to. Martin, now that he was 2039 free of his guardian, became quite a different boy. 2040 The children made plans for him. 'You can stay with the coastguard, because he likes you - he kept on and on saying 2041 you weren't a bad boy! And you can come and play with us and go to the island. And Uncle Quentin will see if he can 2042 get you into an art-school. He says you deserve a reward for helping to save his wonderful secret!' Martin glowed with 2043 pleasure. It seemed as if a load had fallen' away from his shoulders. 'I've never had a chance till now,' he said, 'I'll make 2044 good. You see if I don't!' 'Mother! Can we go and stay on Kirrin Island and watch the tower being taken down 2045

2035-Mushroom (s) - cogumelo 2038-Tree (s) - árvore 2043-Deserve (to) - merecer 2043-Reward (s) - recompensa 2043-Glow (to) – ruborizar-se 2044-Load (s) - carga 2044-Fall (to) - cair

172

172

tomorrow?' begged George. 'Do say yes! And can we stay there a whole week? We can sleep in that little room as 2046 we did before.' 'Well -- I suppose you can!' said her mother, smiling at George's eager face. 'I'd rather like to have your 2047 father to myself for a few days and feed him up a bit.' 'Oh -- that reminds me, Fanny,' said her husband, suddenly. 'I 2048 'tried some soup you left for me, the night before last. And, my dear, it was horrible! Quite bad!' 'Oh Quentin! I told you 2049 to pour it away! You know I did,' said his wife, distressed. 'It must have been completely bad. You really are dreadful.' 2050 They all finished their breakfast at last, and went out into the garden. They looked across Kirrin Bay to Kirrin Island. It 2051 looked lovely in the morning sun. 2052 'We've had a lot of adventures together,' said Julian. 2053 'More than most children. They have been exciting, haven't they?' Yes -- they have. But now we must say good-bye to 2054 the Five, and to Kirrin Island too. Good-bye, Julian, Dick, George, Anne -- and Timmy. But only Timmy hears our 2055 good-bye, for he has such sharp ears. 2056 2057

2047-Eager (adj) – ansioso, impaciente 2048-'I'd rather like to have your father to myself for a few days and feed him up a bit. – até gosto bastante de ficar uns dias só com o pai, para ver se consigo fazê-lo engordar um pouco 2048-Feed (to) - alimentar 2049-Try (to) - experimentar 2050-Dreadful (adj) - terrível 2054-'More than most children – mais do que a maior parte das crianças